b78da06381b669f94bcac2e796363195a41eac12
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40 use MediaWiki\MediaWikiServices;
41
42 /**
43 * @cond file_level_code
44 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
45 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
46 */
47 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
48 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
49 die( 1 );
50 }
51
52 /** @endcond */
53
54 /**
55 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
56 * Not used for much in a default install.
57 * @since 1.5
58 */
59 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
60
61 /**
62 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
63 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
64 * callable.
65 * @since 1.23
66 */
67 $wgConfigRegistry = [
68 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
69 ];
70
71 /**
72 * MediaWiki version number
73 * @since 1.2
74 */
75 $wgVersion = '1.33.0-alpha';
76
77 /**
78 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
79 */
80 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
81
82 /**
83 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
84 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
85 * @var bool
86 * @since 1.26
87 */
88 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
89
90 /**
91 * URL of the server.
92 *
93 * @par Example:
94 * @code
95 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
96 * @endcode
97 *
98 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
99 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
100 * case, set this variable to fix it.
101 *
102 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
103 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
104 * to a fully qualified URL.
105 */
106 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
107
108 /**
109 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
110 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
111 *
112 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
113 * @since 1.18
114 */
115 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
116
117 /**
118 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
119 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
120 * @since 1.24
121 */
122 $wgServerName = false;
123
124 /************************************************************************//**
125 * @name Script path settings
126 * @{
127 */
128
129 /**
130 * The path we should point to.
131 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
132 *
133 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
134 *
135 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
136 * set in LocalSettings.php
137 */
138 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
139
140 /**
141 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
142 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
143 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
144 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
145 * problems on Apache as well.
146 *
147 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
148 *
149 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
150 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
151 *
152 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
153 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
154 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
155 * @since 1.2.1
156 */
157 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
158 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
159 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
160
161 /**@}*/
162
163 /************************************************************************//**
164 * @name URLs and file paths
165 *
166 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
167 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
168 *
169 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
170 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
171 *
172 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
173 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
174 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
175 *
176 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
177 *
178 * @{
179 */
180
181 /**
182 * The URL path to index.php.
183 *
184 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
185 */
186 $wgScript = false;
187
188 /**
189 * The URL path to load.php.
190 *
191 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
192 * @since 1.17
193 */
194 $wgLoadScript = false;
195
196 /**
197 * The URL path of the skins directory.
198 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
199 * @since 1.3
200 */
201 $wgStylePath = false;
202 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
206 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
207 * @since 1.17
208 */
209 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
210
211 /**
212 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
213 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
214 * @since 1.16
215 */
216 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
217
218 /**
219 * Filesystem extensions directory.
220 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
221 * @since 1.25
222 */
223 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
224
225 /**
226 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
227 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
228 * @since 1.3
229 */
230 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
231
232 /**
233 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
234 * which is replaced by the article title.
235 *
236 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
237 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
238 */
239 $wgArticlePath = false;
240
241 /**
242 * The URL path for the images directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
244 */
245 $wgUploadPath = false;
246
247 /**
248 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
249 */
250 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
251
252 /**
253 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
254 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
255 */
256 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
257
258 /**
259 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
260 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
261 */
262 $wgLogo = false;
263
264 /**
265 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
266 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
267 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
268 *
269 * @par Example:
270 * @code
271 * $wgLogoHD = [
272 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
273 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
274 * ];
275 * @endcode
276 *
277 * SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
278 * disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
279 * be optimised for screen resolution.
280 *
281 * @par Example:
282 * @code
283 * $wgLogoHD = [
284 * "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
285 * ];
286 * @endcode
287 *
288 * @since 1.25
289 */
290 $wgLogoHD = false;
291
292 /**
293 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
294 * @since 1.6
295 */
296 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
297
298 /**
299 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
300 * Defaults to no icon.
301 * @since 1.12
302 */
303 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
304
305 /**
306 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
307 * One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
308 * https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
309 * ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
310 * 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
311 * 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
312 * Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
313 * (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
314 * or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
315 * Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
316 * each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
317 * will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
318 * understand it).
319 *
320 * @var array|string|bool
321 * @since 1.25
322 */
323 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
324
325 /**
326 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
327 * be web accessible.
328 *
329 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
330 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
331 * logic.
332 *
333 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
334 * variable.
335 *
336 * @see wfTempDir()
337 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
338 */
339 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
340
341 /**
342 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
343 * upload URL.
344 * @since 1.4
345 */
346 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
347
348 /**
349 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
350 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
351 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
352 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
353 * @since 1.17
354 */
355 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
356
357 /**
358 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
359 * plain page views, add to this array.
360 *
361 * @par Example:
362 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
363 * @code
364 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
365 * @endcode
366 *
367 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
368 * URLs.
369 * @since 1.5
370 */
371 $wgActionPaths = [];
372
373 /**@}*/
374
375 /************************************************************************//**
376 * @name Files and file uploads
377 * @{
378 */
379
380 /**
381 * Allow users to upload files.
382 *
383 * Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
384 * Disabled by default as for security reasons.
385 * See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
386 *
387 * @since 1.5
388 */
389 $wgEnableUploads = false;
390
391 /**
392 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
393 */
394 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
395
396 /**
397 * Allows to move images and other media files
398 */
399 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
400
401 /**
402 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
403 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
404 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
405 *
406 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
407 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
408 */
409 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
410
411 /**
412 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
413 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
414 *
415 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
416 * completeness.
417 */
418 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
419
420 /**
421 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
422 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
423 */
424 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
425
426 /**
427 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
428 */
429 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
430
431 /**
432 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
433 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
434 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
435 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
436 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
437 *
438 * Example:
439 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
440 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
441 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
442 *
443 * @see $wgFileBackends
444 */
445 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
446
447 /**
448 * File repository structures
449 *
450 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
451 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
452 * array of properties configuring the repository.
453 *
454 * Properties required for all repos:
455 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
456 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
457 *
458 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
459 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
460 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
461 *
462 * For most core repos:
463 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
464 * container : backend container name the zone is in
465 * directory : root path within container for the zone
466 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
467 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
468 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
469 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
470 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
471 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
472 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
473 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
474 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
475 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
476 * handler instead.
477 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
478 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
479 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
480 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
481 * - pathDisclosureProtection
482 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
483 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
484 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
485 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
486 * is 0644.
487 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
488 * some remote repos.
489 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
490 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
491 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
492 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
493 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
494 *
495 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
496 * for local repositories:
497 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
498 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
499 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
500 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
501 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
502 * on the local wiki.
503 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
504 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
505 *
506 * ForeignDBRepo:
507 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
508 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
509 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
510 * - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
511 * and accesible from, this wiki.
512 *
513 * ForeignAPIRepo:
514 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
515 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
516 *
517 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
518 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
519 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
520 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
521 * be searched after the local file repo.
522 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
523 *
524 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
525 */
526 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
527
528 /**
529 * Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
530 *
531 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
532 * Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
533 * and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
534 *
535 * The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
536 * is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
537 *
538 * @since 1.11
539 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
540 */
541 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
542
543 /**
544 * Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
545 *
546 * This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
547 * for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
548 * default settings.
549 *
550 * @since 1.16
551 */
552 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
553
554 /**
555 * Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
556 *
557 * Uses the folowing variables:
558 *
559 * - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
560 * - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
561 * - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
562 * - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
563 * - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
564 * - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
565 * - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
566 *
567 * If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
568 * class, with also the following variables:
569 *
570 * - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
571 * - dbType: $wgDBtype.
572 * - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
573 * - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
574 * - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
575 * - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
576 * - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
577 * - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
578 *
579 * @var bool
580 * @since 1.3
581 */
582 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
583
584 /**
585 * Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
586 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
587 *
588 * @var string
589 * @since 1.3
590 */
591 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
592
593 /**
594 * Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
595 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
596 *
597 * @var string
598 * @since 1.3
599 */
600 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
601
602 /**
603 * Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
604 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
605 *
606 * @var bool
607 * @since 1.3
608 */
609 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
610
611 /**
612 * Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
613 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
614 *
615 * @since 1.5
616 */
617 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
618
619 /**
620 * Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
621 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
622 *
623 * @var bool
624 * @since 1.5
625 */
626 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
627
628 /**
629 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
630 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
631 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
632 *
633 * @var bool|string
634 * @since 1.4
635 */
636 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
637
638 /**
639 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
640 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
641 *
642 * @var string
643 * @since 1.5
644 */
645 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
646
647 /**
648 * Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
649 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
650 *
651 * @var bool
652 * @since 1.5
653 */
654 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
655
656 /**
657 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
658 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
659 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
660 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
661 *
662 * Example:
663 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
664 */
665 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
666
667 /**
668 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
669 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
670 *
671 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
672 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
673 *
674 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
675 */
676 $wgUploadDialog = [
677 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
678 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
679 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
680 'fields' => [
681 'description' => true,
682 'date' => false,
683 'categories' => false,
684 ],
685 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
686 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
687 'licensemessages' => [
688 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
689 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
690 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
691 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
692 'local' => 'generic-local',
693 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
694 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
695 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
696 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
697 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
698 ],
699 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
700 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
701 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
702 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
703 'comment' => [
704 'local' => '',
705 'foreign' => '',
706 ],
707 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
708 'format' => [
709 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
710 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
711 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
712 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
713 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
714 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
715 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
716 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
717 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
718 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
719 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
720 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
721 // * $TEXT - input by the user
722 'description' => '$TEXT',
723 'ownwork' => '',
724 'license' => '',
725 'uncategorized' => '',
726 ],
727 ];
728
729 /**
730 * File backend structure configuration.
731 *
732 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
733 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
734 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
735 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
736 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
737 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
738 *
739 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
740 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
741 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
742 *
743 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
744 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
745 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
746 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
747 *
748 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
749 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
750 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
751 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
752 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
753 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
754 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
755 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
756 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
757 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
758 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
759 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
760 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
761 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
762 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
763 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
764 */
765 $wgFileBackends = [];
766
767 /**
768 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
769 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
770 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
771 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
772 *
773 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
774 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
775 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
776 *
777 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
778 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
779 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
780 */
781 $wgLockManagers = [];
782
783 /**
784 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
785 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
786 *
787 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
788 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
789 * extensions" section of php.ini:
790 * @code{.ini}
791 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
792 * @endcode
793 */
794 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
795
796 /**
797 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
798 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
799 * Defaults to false.
800 */
801 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
805 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
806 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
807 */
808 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
809
810 /**
811 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
812 *
813 * @since 1.20
814 */
815 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
816
817 /**
818 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
819 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
820 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
821 */
822 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
823
824 /**
825 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
826 * @since 1.20
827 */
828 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
829
830 /**
831 * Different timeout for upload by url
832 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
833 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
834 * to default.
835 *
836 * @var int|bool
837 *
838 * @since 1.22
839 */
840 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
841
842 /**
843 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
844 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
845 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
846 * for non-specified types.
847 *
848 * @par Example:
849 * @code
850 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
851 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
852 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
853 * ];
854 * @endcode
855 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
856 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
857 */
858 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
859
860 /**
861 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
862 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
863 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
864 * @since 1.26
865 */
866 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
867
868 /**
869 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
870 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
871 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
872 *
873 * @par Example:
874 * @code
875 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
876 * @endcode
877 */
878 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
879
880 /**
881 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
882 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
883 * appended to it as appropriate.
884 */
885 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
886
887 /**
888 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
889 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
890 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
891 * access to the thumbnail path.
892 *
893 * @par Example:
894 * @code
895 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
896 * @endcode
897 */
898 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
899
900 /**
901 * Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
902 * Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
903 *
904 * @var string
905 * @since 1.3
906 */
907 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
908
909 /**
910 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
911 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
912 *
913 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
914 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
915 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
916 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
917 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
918 *
919 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
920 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
921 */
922 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
923
924 /**
925 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
926 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
927 *
928 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
929 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
930 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
931 */
932 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
933
934 /**
935 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
936 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
937 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
938 */
939 $wgFileBlacklist = [
940 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
941 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
942 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
943 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
944 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
945 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
946 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
947 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
948
949 /**
950 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
951 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
952 */
953 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
954 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
955 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
956 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
957 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
958 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
959 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
960 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
961 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
962 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
963 'application/x-msmetafile',
964 ];
965
966 /**
967 * Allow Java archive uploads.
968 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
969 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
970 */
971 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
972
973 /**
974 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
975 *
976 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
977 */
978 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
979
980 /**
981 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
982 * by $wgFileExtensions.
983 *
984 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
985 */
986 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
987
988 /**
989 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
990 *
991 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
992 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
993 */
994 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
995
996 /**
997 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
998 */
999 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
1000
1001 /**
1002 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
1003 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
1004 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
1005 *
1006 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
1007 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
1008 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
1009 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
1010 */
1011 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
1012 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
1013 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
1014 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
1015 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
1016 "application/pdf", // PDF files
1017 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
1018 ];
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Plugins for media file type handling.
1022 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
1023 *
1024 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
1025 * and extensions should use extension.json.
1026 */
1027 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
1031 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
1032 */
1033 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
1034 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1035 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1036 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1037 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1038 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1039 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1040 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1041 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
1042 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
1043 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
1044 ];
1045
1046 /**
1047 * Plugins for page content model handling.
1048 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
1049 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
1050 *
1051 * @since 1.21
1052 */
1053 $wgContentHandlers = [
1054 // the usual case
1055 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
1056 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1057 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
1058 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
1059 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
1060 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
1061 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
1062 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
1063 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
1064 ];
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1068 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1069 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1070 */
1071 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1075 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1076 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1077 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1078 *
1079 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1080 */
1081 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1082
1083 /**
1084 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1085 */
1086 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1087
1088 /**
1089 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1090 * @since 1.27
1091 */
1092 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1096 */
1097 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1101 */
1102 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1106 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1107 */
1108 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1109
1110 /**
1111 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1112 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1113 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1114 *
1115 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1116 * @code
1117 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1118 * @endcode
1119 *
1120 * Leave as false to skip this.
1121 */
1122 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1123
1124 /**
1125 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1126 *
1127 * @since 1.21
1128 */
1129 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1133 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1134 * at sharp edges.
1135 *
1136 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1137 *
1138 * Supported values:
1139 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1140 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1141 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1142 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1143 *
1144 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1145 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1146 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1147 *
1148 * @since 1.27
1149 */
1150 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1151
1152 /**
1153 * When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
1154 * from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
1155 * with 100 indicating 100% quality.
1156 *
1157 * @since 1.32
1158 */
1159 $wgJpegQuality = 80;
1160
1161 /**
1162 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1163 * image formats.
1164 */
1165 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1166
1167 /**
1168 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1169 *
1170 * @since 1.26
1171 */
1172 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1176 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1177 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1178 *
1179 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1180 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1181 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1182 */
1183 $wgSVGConverters = [
1184 'ImageMagick' =>
1185 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1186 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1187 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1188 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1189 . '$output $input',
1190 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1191 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1192 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1193 ];
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1197 */
1198 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1199
1200 /**
1201 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1202 */
1203 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1204
1205 /**
1206 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1207 */
1208 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1209
1210 /**
1211 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1212 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1213 */
1214 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1218 *
1219 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1220 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1221 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1222 *
1223 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1224 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1225 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1226 */
1227 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1228
1229 /**
1230 * Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
1231 * page language), if available.
1232 * Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
1233 * to specify text language.
1234 *
1235 * @since 1.33
1236 */
1237 $wgMediaInTargetLanguage = false;
1238
1239 /**
1240 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1241 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1242 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1243 *
1244 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1245 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1246 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1247 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1248 *
1249 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1250 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1251 */
1252 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1253
1254 /**
1255 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1256 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1257 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1258 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1259 */
1260 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1261
1262 /**
1263 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1264 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1265 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1266 *
1267 * @par Example:
1268 * @code
1269 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1270 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1271 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1272 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1273 * @endcode
1274 */
1275 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1279 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1280 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1281 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1282 */
1283 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1287 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1288 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1289 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1290 */
1291 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1292
1293 /**
1294 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1295 * output instead of showing an error message.
1296 *
1297 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1298 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1299 *
1300 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1301 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1302 * are logged to a file for review.
1303 */
1304 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1305
1306 /**
1307 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1308 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1309 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1310 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1311 * webserver(s).
1312 */
1313 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1317 */
1318 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1319
1320 /**
1321 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1322 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1323 * is available that can rotate.
1324 */
1325 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1329 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1330 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1331 */
1332 $wgAntivirus = null;
1333
1334 /**
1335 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1336 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1337 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1338 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1339 *
1340 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1341 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1342 *
1343 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1344 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1345 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1346 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1347 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1348 * path.
1349 *
1350 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1351 * function in SpecialUpload.
1352 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1353 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1354 * is not set.
1355 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1356 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1357 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1358 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1359 * no virus was found.
1360 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1361 * a virus.
1362 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1363 *
1364 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1365 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1366 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1367 */
1368 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1369
1370 # setup for clamav
1371 'clamav' => [
1372 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1373 'codemap' => [
1374 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1375 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1376 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1377 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1378 ],
1379 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1380 ],
1381 ];
1382
1383 /**
1384 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1385 */
1386 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1387
1388 /**
1389 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1390 */
1391 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1395 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1396 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1397 */
1398 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1399
1400 /**
1401 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
1402 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1403 */
1404 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1405
1406 /**
1407 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1408 * the MIME type to standard output.
1409 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1410 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1411 *
1412 * @par Example:
1413 * @code
1414 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1415 * @endcode
1416 */
1417 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1418
1419 /**
1420 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1421 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1422 * can be trusted.
1423 */
1424 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1425
1426 /**
1427 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1428 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1429 */
1430 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1431 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1432 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1433 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1434 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1435 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1436 ];
1437
1438 /**
1439 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1440 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1441 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1442 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1443 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1444 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1445 */
1446 $wgImageLimits = [
1447 [ 320, 240 ],
1448 [ 640, 480 ],
1449 [ 800, 600 ],
1450 [ 1024, 768 ],
1451 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1452 ];
1453
1454 /**
1455 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1456 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1457 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1458 */
1459 $wgThumbLimits = [
1460 120,
1461 150,
1462 180,
1463 200,
1464 250,
1465 300
1466 ];
1467
1468 /**
1469 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1470 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1471 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1472 *
1473 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1474 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1475 * supports it.
1476 */
1477 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1478
1479 /**
1480 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1481 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1482 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1483 * following buckets:
1484 *
1485 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1486 *
1487 * and a distance of 50:
1488 *
1489 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1490 *
1491 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1492 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1493 */
1494 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1495
1496 /**
1497 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1498 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1499 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1500 *
1501 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1502 *
1503 * @since 1.25
1504 */
1505
1506 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1507
1508 /**
1509 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1510 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1511 *
1512 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1513 * thumbnail's URL.
1514 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1515 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1516 *
1517 * @since 1.25
1518 */
1519 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1523 *
1524 * @since 1.25
1525 */
1526 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1527
1528 /**
1529 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1530 * HTTP request to.
1531 *
1532 * @since 1.25
1533 */
1534 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1535
1536 /**
1537 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1538 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1539 *
1540 * @since 1.26
1541 */
1542 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1546 * Fields are:
1547 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1548 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1549 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1550 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1551 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1552 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1553 * @deprecated since 1.28
1554 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1555 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1556 * - mode: Gallery mode
1557 */
1558 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1562 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1563 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1564 */
1565 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1569 */
1570 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1574 *
1575 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1576 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1577 */
1578 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1579
1580 /**
1581 * @name DJVU settings
1582 * @{
1583 */
1584
1585 /**
1586 * Path of the djvudump executable
1587 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1588 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1589 */
1590 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1594 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1595 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1596 */
1597 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1601 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1602 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1603 */
1604 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1608 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1609 *
1610 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1611 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1612 * the efficiency problem.
1613 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1614 *
1615 * @par Example:
1616 * @code
1617 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1618 * @endcode
1619 */
1620 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1621
1622 /**
1623 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1624 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1625 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1626 */
1627 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1628
1629 /**
1630 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1631 */
1632 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1633
1634 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1635
1636 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1637
1638 /************************************************************************//**
1639 * @name Email settings
1640 * @{
1641 */
1642
1643 /**
1644 * Site admin email address.
1645 *
1646 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1647 */
1648 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1652 *
1653 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
1654 * as well as other e-mail notifications.
1655 *
1656 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
1657 */
1658 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1659
1660 /**
1661 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1662 *
1663 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
1664 */
1665 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1666
1667 /**
1668 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1669 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1670 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1676 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1682 *
1683 * @since 1.30
1684 */
1685 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1686
1687 /**
1688 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1689 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1690 *
1691 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1692 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1693 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1694 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1695 */
1696 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1700 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1701 */
1702 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1703
1704 /**
1705 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1706 */
1707 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1711 */
1712 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1713
1714 /**
1715 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1716 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1717 */
1718 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1719
1720 /**
1721 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1722 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1723 */
1724 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1725
1726 /**
1727 * SMTP Mode.
1728 *
1729 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1730 * Default to false or fill an array :
1731 *
1732 * @code
1733 * $wgSMTP = [
1734 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1735 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1736 * 'port' => '25',
1737 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1738 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1739 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1740 * ];
1741 * @endcode
1742 */
1743 $wgSMTP = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1747 */
1748 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1749
1750 /**
1751 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1752 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1753 */
1754 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
1758 *
1759 * This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
1760 * If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
1761 * will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
1762 *
1763 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1764 *
1765 * @var bool
1766 */
1767 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1768
1769 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1770 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1771 # enable or disable at their discretion
1772 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1773 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1774
1775 /**
1776 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1777 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1778 * spam relay.
1779 */
1780 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1784 */
1785 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1789 * user talk page.
1790 *
1791 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1792 * preference set to true.
1793 */
1794 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1795
1796 /**
1797 * Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
1798 *
1799 * Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
1800 * opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
1801 * 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
1802 * notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
1803 *
1804 * To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
1805 *
1806 * If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
1807 *
1808 * @var bool
1809 */
1810 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1811
1812 /**
1813 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1814 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1815 *
1816 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1817 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1818 *
1819 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1820 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1821 *
1822 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1823 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1824 */
1825 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1829 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1830 *
1831 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1832 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1833 */
1834 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1835
1836 /**
1837 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1838 * match the limit on your mail server.
1839 */
1840 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1844 */
1845 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1846
1847 /**
1848 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1849 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1850 */
1851 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1852
1853 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1854
1855 /************************************************************************//**
1856 * @name Database settings
1857 * @{
1858 */
1859
1860 /**
1861 * Database host name or IP address
1862 */
1863 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1864
1865 /**
1866 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1867 */
1868 $wgDBport = 5432;
1869
1870 /**
1871 * Name of the database; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1872 */
1873 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1874
1875 /**
1876 * Database username
1877 */
1878 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1879
1880 /**
1881 * Database user's password
1882 */
1883 $wgDBpassword = '';
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Database type
1887 */
1888 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1889
1890 /**
1891 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1892 *
1893 * This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1894 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1895 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1896 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1897 */
1898 $wgDBssl = false;
1899
1900 /**
1901 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1902 *
1903 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1904 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1905 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1906 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1907 */
1908 $wgDBcompress = false;
1909
1910 /**
1911 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1912 */
1913 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1914
1915 /**
1916 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1917 */
1918 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1919
1920 /**
1921 * Search type.
1922 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1923 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1924 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1925 */
1926 $wgSearchType = null;
1927
1928 /**
1929 * Alternative search types
1930 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1931 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1932 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1933 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1934 */
1935 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1936
1937 /**
1938 * Table name prefix; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1939 */
1940 $wgDBprefix = '';
1941
1942 /**
1943 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1944 */
1945 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
1946
1947 /**
1948 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1949 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1950 * DBA has done his best job.
1951 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1952 */
1953 $wgSQLMode = '';
1954
1955 /**
1956 * Mediawiki schema; this should be alphanumeric and not contain spaces nor hyphens
1957 */
1958 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1959
1960 /**
1961 * Default group to use when getting database connections.
1962 * Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
1963 * @since 1.32
1964 */
1965 $wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1969 */
1970 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1974 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1975 * main database.
1976 *
1977 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1978 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1979 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1980 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1981 *
1982 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1983 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1984 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1985 *
1986 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1987 * $wgDBprefix.
1988 *
1989 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1990 * $wgDBmwschema.
1991 *
1992 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
1993 * access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
1994 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1995 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1996 */
1997 $wgSharedDB = null;
1998
1999 /**
2000 * @see $wgSharedDB
2001 */
2002 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * @see $wgSharedDB
2006 */
2007 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
2008
2009 /**
2010 * @see $wgSharedDB
2011 * @since 1.23
2012 */
2013 $wgSharedSchema = false;
2014
2015 /**
2016 * Database load balancer
2017 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
2018 * Fields are:
2019 * - host: Host name
2020 * - dbname: Default database name
2021 * - user: DB user
2022 * - password: DB password
2023 * - type: DB type
2024 * - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
2025 *
2026 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
2027 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
2028 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
2029 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
2030 *
2031 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
2032 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
2033 *
2034 * - flags: bit field
2035 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
2036 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
2037 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
2038 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
2039 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
2040 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
2041 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
2042 * if available
2043 *
2044 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
2045 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
2046 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
2047 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
2048 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
2049 *
2050 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
2051 * variable of the Database object.
2052 *
2053 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
2054 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
2055 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
2056 *
2057 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
2058 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
2059 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
2060 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
2061 *
2062 * @code
2063 * SET @@read_only=1;
2064 * @endcode
2065 *
2066 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
2067 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
2068 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
2069 */
2070 $wgDBservers = false;
2071
2072 /**
2073 * Load balancer factory configuration
2074 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
2075 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
2076 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
2077 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
2078 *
2079 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
2080 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
2081 */
2082 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
2083
2084 /**
2085 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
2086 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
2087 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
2088 * @since 1.27
2089 */
2090 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
2091
2092 /**
2093 * File to log database errors to
2094 */
2095 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
2096
2097 /**
2098 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2099 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2100 *
2101 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2102 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2103 *
2104 * @par Examples:
2105 * @code
2106 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2107 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2108 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2109 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2110 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2111 * @endcode
2112 *
2113 * @since 1.20
2114 */
2115 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2119 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2120 *
2121 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2122 *
2123 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2124 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2125 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2126 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2127 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2128 *
2129 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2130 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2131 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2132 *
2133 * @deprecated since 1.31
2134 */
2135 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2139 *
2140 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2141 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2142 * block).
2143 *
2144 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2145 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2146 * connections.
2147 *
2148 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2149 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2150 * pooled.
2151 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2152 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2153 *
2154 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2155 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2156 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2157 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2158 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2159 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2160 *
2161 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2162 */
2163 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2164
2165 /**
2166 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2167 *
2168 * @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
2169 * delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
2170 * - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2171 * - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
2172 * - "<DB NAME>"
2173 * If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
2174 * in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
2175 * is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
2176 * from these IDs.
2177 */
2178 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2179
2180 /**
2181 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2182 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2183 * show a more obvious warning.
2184 */
2185 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2186
2187 /**
2188 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2189 */
2190 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2191
2192 /**
2193 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2194 */
2195 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2196
2197 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2198
2199 /************************************************************************//**
2200 * @name Text storage
2201 * @{
2202 */
2203
2204 /**
2205 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2206 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2207 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2208 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2209 */
2210 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2211
2212 /**
2213 * External stores allow including content
2214 * from non database sources following URL links.
2215 *
2216 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2217 * @code
2218 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2219 * @endcode
2220 *
2221 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2222 */
2223 $wgExternalStores = [];
2224
2225 /**
2226 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2227 *
2228 * @par Example:
2229 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2230 * @code
2231 * $wgExternalServers = [
2232 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2233 * ];
2234 * @endcode
2235 *
2236 * Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2237 * another class.
2238 */
2239 $wgExternalServers = [];
2240
2241 /**
2242 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2243 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2244 *
2245 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2246 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2247 *
2248 * @par Example:
2249 * @code
2250 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2251 * @endcode
2252 *
2253 * @var array
2254 */
2255 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2256
2257 /**
2258 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2259 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2260 *
2261 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2262 */
2263 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2264
2265 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2266
2267 /************************************************************************//**
2268 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2269 * @{
2270 */
2271
2272 /**
2273 * Disable database-intensive features
2274 */
2275 $wgMiserMode = false;
2276
2277 /**
2278 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2279 */
2280 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2281
2282 /**
2283 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2284 */
2285 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2286
2287 /**
2288 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2289 */
2290 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2291
2292 /**
2293 * Enable slow parser functions
2294 */
2295 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2296
2297 /**
2298 * Allow schema updates
2299 */
2300 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2301
2302 /**
2303 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2304 */
2305 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2306
2307 /**
2308 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2309 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2310 */
2311 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2312
2313 /**
2314 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2315 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2316 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2317 * @since 1.26
2318 */
2319 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2320
2321 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2322
2323 /************************************************************************//**
2324 * @name Cache settings
2325 * @{
2326 */
2327
2328 /**
2329 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2330 * from the web.
2331 *
2332 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2333 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2334 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2335 */
2336 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2337
2338 /**
2339 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2340 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2341 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2342 *
2343 * The options are:
2344 *
2345 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2346 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2347 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2348 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2349 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
2350 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2351 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2352 *
2353 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2354 */
2355 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2356
2357 /**
2358 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2359 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2360 *
2361 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2362 */
2363 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2364
2365 /**
2366 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2367 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2368 *
2369 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2370 */
2371 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2372
2373 /**
2374 * The cache type for storing session data.
2375 *
2376 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2377 */
2378 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2379
2380 /**
2381 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2382 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2383 *
2384 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2385 *
2386 * @since 1.20
2387 */
2388 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2389
2390 /**
2391 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2392 *
2393 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2394 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2395 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2396 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2397 *
2398 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2399 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2400 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2401 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2402 */
2403 $wgObjectCaches = [
2404 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2405 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2406
2407 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2408 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2409 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2410
2411 'db-replicated' => [
2412 'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
2413 'readFactory' => [
2414 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2415 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2416 ],
2417 'writeFactory' => [
2418 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class,
2419 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2420 ],
2421 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2422 'reportDupes' => false
2423 ],
2424
2425 'apc' => [ 'class' => APCBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2426 'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2427 'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2428 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2429 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2430 'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
2431 ];
2432
2433 /**
2434 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2435 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2436 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2437 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2438 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2439 *
2440 * The options are:
2441 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2442 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2443 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2444 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2445 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2446 * @since 1.26
2447 */
2448 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2449
2450 /**
2451 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2452 *
2453 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2454 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2455 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2456 *
2457 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2458 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2459 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2460 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2461 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2462 *
2463 * @since 1.26
2464 */
2465 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2466 CACHE_NONE => [
2467 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2468 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2469 'channels' => []
2470 ]
2471 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2472 'memcached-php' => [
2473 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
2474 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2475 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2476 ]
2477 */
2478 ];
2479
2480 /**
2481 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2482 *
2483 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2484 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2485 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2486 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2487 *
2488 * @var bool
2489 * @since 1.29
2490 */
2491 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2495 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2496 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2497 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2498 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2499 *
2500 * The options are:
2501 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2502 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2503 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2504 *
2505 * @since 1.26
2506 */
2507 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2508
2509 /**
2510 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2511 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2512 */
2513 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2514
2515 /**
2516 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2517 */
2518 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2519
2520 /**
2521 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2522 */
2523 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2524
2525 /**
2526 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2527 */
2528 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2532 *
2533 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2534 *
2535 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2536 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2537 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2538 * others' cookies.
2539 *
2540 * @since 1.27
2541 * @var string
2542 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2543 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2544 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2545 */
2546 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2547
2548 /**
2549 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2550 *
2551 * @since 1.28
2552 */
2553 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2554
2555 /**
2556 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2557 */
2558 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2559
2560 /**
2561 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2562 */
2563 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2564
2565 /**
2566 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2567 * requests.
2568 */
2569 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2570
2571 /**
2572 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2573 */
2574 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2575
2576 /**
2577 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2578 *
2579 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2580 *
2581 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2582 *
2583 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2584 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2585 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2586 */
2587 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2588
2589 /**
2590 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2591 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2592 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2593 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2594 */
2595 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2596
2597 /**
2598 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2599 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2600 *
2601 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2602 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2603 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2604 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2605 * otherwise the database will be used.
2606 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2607 * store static arrays.
2608 *
2609 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2610 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2611 *
2612 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2613 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2614 * will be used.
2615 *
2616 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2617 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2618 */
2619 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2620 'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
2621 'store' => 'detect',
2622 'storeClass' => false,
2623 'storeDirectory' => false,
2624 'manualRecache' => false,
2625 ];
2626
2627 /**
2628 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2629 */
2630 $wgCachePages = true;
2631
2632 /**
2633 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2634 * client-side and server-side caching.
2635 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2636 * @verbatim
2637 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2638 * @endverbatim
2639 */
2640 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2641
2642 /**
2643 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2644 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2645 */
2646 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2647
2648 /**
2649 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2650 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2651 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2652 */
2653 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2654
2655 /**
2656 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2657 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2658 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2659 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2660 */
2661 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2665 * @deprecated since 1.26
2666 */
2667 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2668
2669 /**
2670 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2671 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2672 */
2673 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2674
2675 /**
2676 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2677 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2678 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2679 *
2680 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2681 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2682 * don't update as expected.
2683 */
2684 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2685
2686 /**
2687 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2688 */
2689 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2690
2691 /**
2692 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2693 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2694 *
2695 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2696 */
2697 $wgUseGzip = false;
2698
2699 /**
2700 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2701 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2702 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2703 * a grace period.
2704 */
2705 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2706
2707 /**
2708 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2709 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2710 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2711 *
2712 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2713 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2714 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2715 */
2716 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2717
2718 /**
2719 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2720 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2721 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2722 *
2723 * @par Example:
2724 * @code
2725 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2726 * @endcode
2727 *
2728 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2729 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2730 *
2731 * @var int|bool
2732 */
2733 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2734
2735 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2736
2737 /************************************************************************//**
2738 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2739 *
2740 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2741 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2742 *
2743 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2744 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2745 * more details.
2746 *
2747 * @{
2748 */
2749
2750 /**
2751 * Enable/disable CDN.
2752 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2753 */
2754 $wgUseSquid = false;
2755
2756 /**
2757 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2758 * @deprecated in 1.33. This was a now-defunct experimental feature.
2759 */
2760 $wgUseESI = false;
2761
2762 /**
2763 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2764 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-httpbis-key/ for details.
2765 * @since 1.27
2766 * @deprecated in 1.32, the IETF spec expired without becoming a standard.
2767 */
2768 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2769
2770 /**
2771 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2772 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2773 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2774 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2775 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2776 * HTTP redirects.
2777 */
2778 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2779
2780 /**
2781 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2782 *
2783 * @par Example:
2784 * @code
2785 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2786 * @endcode
2787 */
2788 $wgInternalServer = false;
2789
2790 /**
2791 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2792 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2793 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2794 *
2795 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2796 */
2797 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2798
2799 /**
2800 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2801 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2802 * @since 1.27
2803 */
2804 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2805
2806 /**
2807 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2808 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2809 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2810 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2811 *
2812 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2813 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2814 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2815 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2816 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2817 *
2818 * @since 1.27
2819 */
2820 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2821
2822 /**
2823 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2824 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2825 * @since 1.27
2826 */
2827 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2831 *
2832 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2833 */
2834 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2835
2836 /**
2837 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2838 *
2839 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2840 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2841 *
2842 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2843 */
2844 $wgSquidServers = [];
2845
2846 /**
2847 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2848 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2849 * CIDR blocks.
2850 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2851 */
2852 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2856 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2857 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2858 *
2859 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2860 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2861 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2862 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2863 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2864 *
2865 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2866 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2867 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2868 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2869 * reverse).
2870 *
2871 * @since 1.21
2872 * @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
2873 */
2874 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2875
2876 /**
2877 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2878 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2879 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2880 *
2881 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2882 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2883 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2884 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2885 *
2886 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2887 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2888 * @code
2889 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2890 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2891 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2892 * 'port' => 4827,
2893 * ],
2894 * '' => [
2895 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2896 * 'port' => 4827,
2897 * ],
2898 * ];
2899 * @endcode
2900 *
2901 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2902 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2903 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2904 *
2905 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2906 * @code
2907 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2908 * '' => [
2909 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2910 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2911 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2912 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2913 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2914 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2915 * ],
2916 * ];
2917 * @endcode
2918 *
2919 * @since 1.22
2920 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2921 */
2922 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2923
2924 /**
2925 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2926 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2927 */
2928 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2929
2930 /**
2931 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2932 */
2933 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2934
2935 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2936
2937 /************************************************************************//**
2938 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2939 * @{
2940 */
2941
2942 /**
2943 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2944 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2945 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2946 *
2947 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2948 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2949 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2950 *
2951 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2952 * change it in their preferences.
2953 *
2954 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2955 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2956 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2957 */
2958 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2959
2960 /**
2961 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2962 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2963 */
2964 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2965
2966 /**
2967 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2968 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2969 *
2970 * @par Example:
2971 * @code
2972 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2973 * @endcode
2974 */
2975 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2976
2977 /**
2978 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2979 */
2980 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2981
2982 /**
2983 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2984 */
2985 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2986
2987 /**
2988 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2989 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2990 * Notes:
2991 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2992 * map.
2993 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2994 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2995 * this array.
2996 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2997 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2998 * the prefix in this array.
2999 */
3000 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
3001
3002 /**
3003 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
3004 */
3005 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
3006
3007 /**
3008 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
3009 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
3010 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
3011 *
3012 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
3013 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
3014 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
3015 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
3016 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
3017 *
3018 * @since 1.29
3019 */
3020 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
3021 // Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
3022 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
3023 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
3024
3025 // Language variants which get mapped to the main language
3026 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
3027 ];
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
3031 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
3032 *
3033 * @deprecated since 1.29
3034 */
3035 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
3036
3037 /**
3038 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
3039 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3040 * set to "ar".
3041 *
3042 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
3043 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
3044 *
3045 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3046 */
3047 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
3048
3049 /**
3050 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
3051 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
3052 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
3053 * support these characters.
3054 *
3055 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
3056 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
3057 *
3058 * @deprecated since 1.33: in the future will always be true.
3059 */
3060 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
3064 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
3065 * impact.
3066 *
3067 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
3068 * details.
3069 *
3070 * @since 1.17
3071 */
3072 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
3076 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
3077 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
3078 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
3079 *
3080 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
3081 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
3082 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
3083 */
3084 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
3085
3086 /**
3087 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3088 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3089 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3090 *
3091 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3092 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3093 * to remain viewable.
3094 *
3095 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3096 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3097 */
3098 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3099
3100 /**
3101 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3102 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3103 */
3104 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3105
3106 /**
3107 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3108 * numerals in interface.
3109 */
3110 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3111
3112 /**
3113 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3114 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3115 */
3116 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3117
3118 /**
3119 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3120 */
3121 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3122
3123 /**
3124 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3125 */
3126 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3127
3128 /**
3129 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3130 */
3131 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3135 */
3136 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3137
3138 /**
3139 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3140 */
3141 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3142
3143 /**
3144 * Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3145 * used to ease variant development work.
3146 */
3147 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3148
3149 /**
3150 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3151 *
3152 * @par Example:
3153 * @code
3154 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3155 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3156 * @endcode
3157 */
3158 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3159
3160 /**
3161 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3162 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3163 * language variant.
3164 *
3165 * @par Example:
3166 * @code
3167 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3168 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3169 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3170 * @endcode
3171 *
3172 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3173 *
3174 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3175 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3176 */
3177 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3178
3179 /**
3180 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3181 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3182 * customise these.
3183 */
3184 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3185
3186 /**
3187 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3188 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3189 *
3190 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3191 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3192 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3193 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3194 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3195 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3196 * the default behavior.
3197 *
3198 * @par Example:
3199 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3200 * portal:
3201 * @code
3202 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3203 * @endcode
3204 */
3205 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3206
3207 /**
3208 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3209 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3210 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3211 *
3212 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3213 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3214 *
3215 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3216 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3217 *
3218 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3219 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3220 *
3221 * @par Examples:
3222 * @code
3223 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3224 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3225 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3226 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3227 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3228 * @endcode
3229 */
3230 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3231
3232 /**
3233 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3234 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3235 *
3236 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3237 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3238 *
3239 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3240 */
3241 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3242
3243 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3244
3245 /*************************************************************************//**
3246 * @name Output format and skin settings
3247 * @{
3248 */
3249
3250 /**
3251 * The default Content-Type header.
3252 */
3253 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3254
3255 /**
3256 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3257 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3258 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3259 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3260 * @deprecated since 1.22
3261 */
3262 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3263
3264 /**
3265 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3266 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3267 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3268 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3269 * @deprecated since 1.22
3270 */
3271 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3272
3273 /**
3274 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3275 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3276 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3277 * to true by Setup.php.
3278 * @deprecated since 1.22
3279 */
3280 $wgHtml5 = true;
3281
3282 /**
3283 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3284 *
3285 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3286 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3287 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3288 * @since 1.16
3289 */
3290 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3291
3292 /**
3293 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3294 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3295 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3296 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3297 * @since 1.24
3298 */
3299 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3300
3301 /**
3302 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3303 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3304 * stable and change has been communicated.
3305 * @since 1.24
3306 */
3307 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3308
3309 /**
3310 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3311 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3312 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3313 *
3314 * @since 1.28
3315 */
3316 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3317
3318 /**
3319 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3320 *
3321 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3322 *
3323 * @par Example:
3324 * @code
3325 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3326 * @endcode
3327 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3328 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3329 *
3330 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3331 */
3332 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3333
3334 /**
3335 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3336 *
3337 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3338 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3339 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3340 */
3341 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3342
3343 /**
3344 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3345 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3346 */
3347 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3348
3349 /**
3350 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3351 *
3352 * @since 1.24
3353 */
3354 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3355
3356 /**
3357 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3358 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3359 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3360 */
3361 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3362
3363 /**
3364 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3365 */
3366 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3367
3368 /**
3369 * Allow user Javascript page?
3370 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3371 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3372 */
3373 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3374
3375 /**
3376 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3377 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3378 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3379 */
3380 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3381
3382 /**
3383 * Allow style-related user-preferences?
3384 *
3385 * This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
3386 * are availabe to users.
3387 */
3388 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3389
3390 /**
3391 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3392 */
3393 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3394
3395 /**
3396 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3397 */
3398 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3399
3400 /**
3401 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3402 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3403 */
3404 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3405
3406 /**
3407 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3408 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3409 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3410 *
3411 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3412 *
3413 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3414 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3415 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3416 *
3417 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3418 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3419 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3420 * recommended.
3421 *
3422 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3423 * not just edit pages.
3424 */
3425 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3426
3427 /**
3428 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3429 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3430 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3431 * Options are:
3432 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3433 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3434 * - false: Allow all framing.
3435 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3436 */
3437 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3438
3439 /**
3440 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3441 */
3442 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3443
3444 /**
3445 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3446 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3447 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3448 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3449 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3450 *
3451 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3452 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3453 * a page.
3454 *
3455 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3456 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3457 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3458 * would still work.
3459 *
3460 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3461 *
3462 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3463 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3464 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3465 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3466 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3467 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3468 * fragment mode is used.
3469 *
3470 * @since 1.30
3471 */
3472 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
3473
3474 /**
3475 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3476 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3477 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3478 * to 'html5'.
3479 *
3480 * @since 1.30
3481 */
3482 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3483
3484 /**
3485 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3486 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3487 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3488 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3489 *
3490 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3491 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3492 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3493 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3494 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3495 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3496 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3497 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3498 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3499 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3500 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3501 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3502 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3503 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3504 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3505 * not be outputted
3506 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3507 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3508 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3509 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3510 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3511 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3512 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3513 */
3514 $wgFooterIcons = [
3515 "copyright" => [
3516 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3517 ],
3518 "poweredby" => [
3519 "mediawiki" => [
3520 // Defaults to point at
3521 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3522 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3523 "src" => null,
3524 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3525 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3526 ]
3527 ],
3528 ];
3529
3530 /**
3531 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3532 * to create an account.
3533 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3534 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3535 */
3536 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3537
3538 /**
3539 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3540 */
3541 $wgEdititis = false;
3542
3543 /**
3544 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3545 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3546 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3547 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3548 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3549 *
3550 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3551 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3552 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3553 */
3554 $wgSend404Code = true;
3555
3556 /**
3557 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3558 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3559 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3560 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3561 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3562 *
3563 * @since 1.20
3564 */
3565 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3566
3567 /**
3568 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3569 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3570 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3571 * unconditionally.
3572 */
3573 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3574
3575 /**
3576 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3577 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3578 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3579 * the domain root.
3580 *
3581 * @since 1.25
3582 */
3583 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3584
3585 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3586
3587 /*************************************************************************//**
3588 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3589 * @{
3590 */
3591
3592 /**
3593 * Client-side resource modules.
3594 *
3595 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3596 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3597 *
3598 * @par Example:
3599 * @code
3600 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3601 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3602 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3603 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3604 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3605 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3606 * ];
3607 * @endcode
3608 */
3609 $wgResourceModules = [];
3610
3611 /**
3612 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3613 *
3614 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3615 * not be modified or disabled.
3616 *
3617 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3618 *
3619 * @par Example:
3620 * @code
3621 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3622 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3623 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3624 * ];
3625 *
3626 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3627 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3628 * ];
3629 * @endcode
3630 *
3631 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3632 *
3633 * @par Equivalent:
3634 * @code
3635 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3636 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3637 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3638 * 'skinStyles' => [
3639 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3640 * ],
3641 * ];
3642 * @endcode
3643 *
3644 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3645 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3646 *
3647 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3648 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3649 *
3650 * @par Example:
3651 * @code
3652 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3653 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3654 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3655 * 'skinStyles' => [
3656 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3657 * ],
3658 * ];
3659 * // Note the '+' character:
3660 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3661 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3662 * ];
3663 * @endcode
3664 *
3665 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3666 *
3667 * @par Equivalent:
3668 * @code
3669 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3670 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3671 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3672 * 'skinStyles' => [
3673 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3674 * 'foo' => [
3675 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3676 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3677 * ],
3678 * ],
3679 * ];
3680 * @endcode
3681 *
3682 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3683 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3684 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3685 *
3686 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3687 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3688 *
3689 * @par Example:
3690 * @code
3691 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3692 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3693 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3694 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3695 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3696 * ];
3697 * @endcode
3698 */
3699 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3700
3701 /**
3702 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3703 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3704 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3705 *
3706 * @par Example:
3707 * @code
3708 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3709 * @endcode
3710 */
3711 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3712
3713 /**
3714 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3715 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3716 */
3717 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3718
3719 /**
3720 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3721 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3722 *
3723 * Following options to distinguish:
3724 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3725 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3726 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3727 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3728 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3729 *
3730 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3731 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3732 * client and MediaWiki.
3733 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3734 */
3735 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3736 'versioned' => [
3737 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3738 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3739 ],
3740 'unversioned' => [
3741 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3742 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3743 ],
3744 ];
3745
3746 /**
3747 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3748 *
3749 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3750 */
3751 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3752
3753 /**
3754 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3755 *
3756 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3757 */
3758 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3759
3760 /**
3761 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3762 *
3763 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3764 * work.
3765 *
3766 * @par Example of legacy code:
3767 * @code{,js}
3768 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3769 * @endcode
3770 * or:
3771 * @code{,js}
3772 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3773 * @endcode
3774 *
3775 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3776 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3777 * @code{,js}
3778 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3779 * @endcode
3780 * or:
3781 * @code{,js}
3782 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3783 * @endcode
3784 */
3785 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3786
3787 /**
3788 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3789 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3790 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3791 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3792 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3793 * that you can't increase.
3794 *
3795 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3796 * string length limit.
3797 *
3798 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3799 */
3800 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3801
3802 /**
3803 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3804 * prior to minification to validate it.
3805 *
3806 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3807 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
3813 *
3814 * Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
3815 * Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
3816 *
3817 * @since 1.32
3818 */
3819 $wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
3820
3821 /**
3822 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3823 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3824 */
3825 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3826
3827 /**
3828 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3829 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3830 *
3831 * @since 1.23
3832 */
3833 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3834
3835 /**
3836 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3837 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3838 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3839 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3840 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3841 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3842 * from the rest of the site.
3843 *
3844 * @since 1.25
3845 */
3846 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3847
3848 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3849
3850 /*************************************************************************//**
3851 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3852 * @{
3853 */
3854
3855 /**
3856 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3857 * used instead.
3858 */
3859 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3860
3861 /**
3862 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3863 *
3864 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3865 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3866 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3867 */
3868 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3869
3870 /**
3871 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3872 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3873 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3874 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3875 * hook or extension.json.
3876 *
3877 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3878 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3879 * the new namespace name.
3880 *
3881 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3882 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3883 *
3884 * @par Example:
3885 * @code
3886 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3887 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3888 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3889 * 102 => "Aide",
3890 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3891 * ];
3892 * @endcode
3893 *
3894 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3895 */
3896 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3897
3898 /**
3899 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3900 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3901 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3902 * @since 1.18
3903 */
3904 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3905
3906 /**
3907 * Namespace aliases.
3908 *
3909 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3910 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3911 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3912 * name.
3913 *
3914 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3915 *
3916 * @par Example:
3917 * @code
3918 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3919 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3920 * 'Help' => 100,
3921 * ];
3922 * @endcode
3923 */
3924 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3925
3926 /**
3927 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3928 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3929 *
3930 * Problematic punctuation:
3931 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3932 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3933 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3934 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3935 * corrupted by apache
3936 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3937 *
3938 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3939 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3940 *
3941 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3942 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3943 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3944 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3945 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3946 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3947 *
3948 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3949 */
3950 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3951
3952 /**
3953 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3954 *
3955 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3956 */
3957 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3958
3959 /**
3960 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3961 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3962 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3963 *
3964 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3965 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3966 */
3967 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3968
3969 /**
3970 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3971 */
3972 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3973
3974 /**
3975 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3976 * @{
3977 */
3978
3979 /**
3980 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3981 * database (.cdb) file.
3982 *
3983 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3984 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3985 * formats such as the following:
3986 *
3987 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3988 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3989 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3990 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3991 *
3992 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3993 * data layout.
3994 *
3995 * @var bool|array|string
3996 */
3997 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3998
3999 /**
4000 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
4001 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
4002 * - 2: wiki and global levels
4003 * - 3: site levels
4004 */
4005 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
4009 */
4010 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4011
4012 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4013
4014 /**
4015 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4016 * @{
4017 */
4018
4019 /**
4020 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4021 */
4022 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4023
4024 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4025
4026 /**
4027 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4028 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4029 * as 'redirected from' links.
4030 *
4031 * @par Example:
4032 * It might look something like this:
4033 * @code
4034 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4035 * @endcode
4036 *
4037 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4038 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4039 * the URL.
4040 */
4041 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4045 *
4046 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4047 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4048 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4049 */
4050 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4051
4052 /**
4053 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4054 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4055 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4056 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4057 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4058 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4059 * NS_FILE.
4060 *
4061 * @par Example:
4062 * @code
4063 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4064 * @endcode
4065 */
4066 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4070 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4071 */
4072 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4073 NS_TALK => true,
4074 NS_USER => true,
4075 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4076 NS_PROJECT => true,
4077 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4078 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4079 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4080 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4081 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4082 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4083 NS_HELP => true,
4084 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4085 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4086 ];
4087
4088 /**
4089 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4090 *
4091 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4092 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4093 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4094 *
4095 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4096 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4097 *
4098 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4099 * the new extension registration system.
4100 *
4101 * @since 1.23
4102 */
4103 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4104
4105 /**
4106 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4107 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4108 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4109 * number of articles in the wiki.
4110 */
4111 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4115 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4116 * be shown on that page.
4117 * @since 1.30
4118 */
4119 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4120
4121 /**
4122 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4123 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4124 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4125 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4126 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4127 */
4128 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4129
4130 /**
4131 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4132 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4133 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4134 */
4135 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4136
4137 /**
4138 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4139 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4140 * will make the redirect fail.
4141 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4142 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4143 *
4144 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4145 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4146 */
4147 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4148
4149 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4150
4151 /************************************************************************//**
4152 * @name Parser settings
4153 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4154 * @{
4155 */
4156
4157 /**
4158 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4159 *
4160 * class The class name
4161 *
4162 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4163 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4164 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4165 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4166 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4167 *
4168 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4169 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4170 *
4171 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4172 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4173 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4174 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4175 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4176 * an extension setup function.
4177 */
4178 $wgParserConf = [
4179 'class' => Parser::class,
4180 # 'preprocessorClass' => Preprocessor_Hash::class,
4181 ];
4182
4183 /**
4184 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4185 */
4186 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4187
4188 /**
4189 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4190 * by PPFrame::expand()
4191 */
4192 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4193
4194 /**
4195 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4196 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4197 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4198 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4199 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4200 *
4201 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4202 */
4203 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4204
4205 /**
4206 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4207 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4208 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4209 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4210 */
4211 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4215 */
4216 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4220 *
4221 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4222 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4223 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4224 * more information.
4225 *
4226 * @see wfParseUrl
4227 */
4228 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4229 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4230 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4231 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4232 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4233 ];
4234
4235 /**
4236 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4237 */
4238 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4239
4240 /**
4241 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4242 */
4243 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4244
4245 /**
4246 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4247 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4248 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4249 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4250 *
4251 * @par Examples:
4252 * @code
4253 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4254 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4255 * @endcode
4256 */
4257 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4258
4259 /**
4260 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4261 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4262 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4263 * The image will be displayed.
4264 *
4265 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4266 * Or false to disable it
4267 *
4268 * @since 1.14
4269 */
4270 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
4271
4272 /**
4273 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4274 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4275 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4276 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4277 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4278 * sites they control.
4279 */
4280 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4281
4282 /**
4283 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4284 * array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
4285 * library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
4286 *
4287 * Setting this to null will use default settings.
4288 *
4289 * Keys include:
4290 * - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
4291 * - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4292 * - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4293 * - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
4294 * - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
4295 *
4296 * See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
4297 *
4298 * Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
4299 * production.
4300 */
4301 $wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4305 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4306 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4307 */
4308 $wgRawHtml = false;
4309
4310 /**
4311 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4312 *
4313 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4314 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4315 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4316 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4317 * to some of your users.
4318 */
4319 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4320
4321 /**
4322 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4323 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4324 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4325 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4326 */
4327 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4328
4329 /**
4330 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4331 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4332 */
4333 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4334
4335 /**
4336 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4337 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4338 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4339 *
4340 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4341 *
4342 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4343 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4344 * etc.
4345 *
4346 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4347 */
4348 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4349
4350 /**
4351 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4352 */
4353 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4354
4355 /**
4356 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4357 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4358 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4359 */
4360 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4364 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4365 */
4366 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4367
4368 /**
4369 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4370 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4371 */
4372 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4373
4374 /**
4375 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4376 */
4377 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
4381 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4382 */
4383 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4384
4385 /**
4386 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4387 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4388 *
4389 * @since 1.28
4390 */
4391 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4392 'ISBN' => false,
4393 'PMID' => false,
4394 'RFC' => false
4395 ];
4396
4397 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4398
4399 /************************************************************************//**
4400 * @name Statistics
4401 * @{
4402 */
4403
4404 /**
4405 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4406 * as a valid article.
4407 *
4408 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4409 *
4410 * This variable can have the following values:
4411 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4412 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4413 *
4414 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4415 *
4416 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4417 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4418 * script.
4419 */
4420 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4421
4422 /**
4423 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4424 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4425 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4426 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4427 * numbers between different wikis.
4428 */
4429 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4430
4431 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4432
4433 /************************************************************************//**
4434 * @name User accounts, authentication
4435 * @{
4436 */
4437
4438 /**
4439 * Central ID lookup providers
4440 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4441 * @since 1.27
4442 */
4443 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4444 'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
4445 ];
4446
4447 /**
4448 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4449 * @var string
4450 */
4451 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4452
4453 /**
4454 * Password policy for the wiki.
4455 * Structured as
4456 * [
4457 * 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <value>, ... ], ... ],
4458 * 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
4459 * ]
4460 * where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
4461 * (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
4462 * PHP callable implementing the policy check, <value> is a number,
4463 * boolean or null that gets passed to the callback.
4464 *
4465 * A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
4466 * from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
4467 * than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
4468 * the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
4469 * is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
4470 *
4471 * Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
4472 * and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
4473 * means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
4474 * accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
4475 * (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
4476 *
4477 * The checks supported by core are:
4478 * - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
4479 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
4480 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4481 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4482 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4483 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
4484 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4485 * match a blacklist of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
4486 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4487 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4488 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4489 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4490 * - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
4491 * 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
4492 * is a probabilistic test.
4493 *
4494 * @since 1.26
4495 * @see PasswordPolicyChecks
4496 * @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
4497 */
4498 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4499 'policies' => [
4500 'bureaucrat' => [
4501 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4502 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4503 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4504 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4505 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4506 ],
4507 'sysop' => [
4508 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4509 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4511 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4512 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4513 ],
4514 'interface-admin' => [
4515 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4516 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4518 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4519 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4520 ],
4521 'bot' => [
4522 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
4523 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4524 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4525 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => true,
4526 ],
4527 'default' => [
4528 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4529 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4530 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4531 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4532 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => false,
4533 ],
4534 ],
4535 'checks' => [
4536 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4537 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4538 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4539 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4540 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4541 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist',
4542 'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInLargeBlacklist',
4543 ],
4544 ];
4545
4546 /**
4547 * Configure AuthManager
4548 *
4549 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4550 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4551 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4552 * (default is 0).
4553 *
4554 * Elements are:
4555 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4556 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4557 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4558 *
4559 * @since 1.27
4560 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4561 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4562 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4563 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4564 */
4565 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4566
4567 /**
4568 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4569 * @since 1.27
4570 */
4571 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4572 'preauth' => [
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 ],
4578 'primaryauth' => [
4579 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4580 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4581 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4582 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4583 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4584 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4585 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'args' => [ [
4589 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4590 'authoritative' => false,
4591 ] ],
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'args' => [ [
4597 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4598 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4599 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4600 // password") if it too fails.
4601 'authoritative' => true,
4602 ] ],
4603 'sort' => 100,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 'secondaryauth' => [
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'sort' => 0,
4610 ],
4611 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4612 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4613 'sort' => 100,
4614 ],
4615 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4616 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 // 'sort' => 100,
4619 // ],
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 200,
4623 ],
4624 ],
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4629 *
4630 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4631 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4632 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4633 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4634 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4635 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4636 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4637 * that needs to do this.
4638 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4639 * the last X seconds.
4640 * - Come up with a third option.
4641 *
4642 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4643 * "X seconds".
4644 *
4645 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4646 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4647 * - LinkAccounts
4648 * - UnlinkAccount
4649 * - ChangeCredentials
4650 * - RemoveCredentials
4651 * - ChangeEmail
4652 *
4653 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4654 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4655 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4656 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4657 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4658 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4659 *
4660 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4661 *
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4666 'default' => 300,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4671 *
4672 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4673 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4674 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4675 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4676 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4677 *
4678 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4679 *
4680 * @since 1.27
4681 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4682 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4683 */
4684 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4685 'default' => true,
4686 ];
4687
4688 /**
4689 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4690 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4691 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4692 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4693 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4694 * @since 1.27
4695 * @var string[]
4696 */
4697 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4698 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4699 ];
4700
4701 /**
4702 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4703 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4704 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4705 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4706 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4707 * @since 1.27
4708 * @var string[]
4709 */
4710 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4711 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4716 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4719
4720 /**
4721 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4722 * words are allowed.
4723 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4724 */
4725 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4726
4727 /**
4728 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4729 *
4730 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4731 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4732 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4733 *
4734 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4735 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4736 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4737 */
4738 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4739
4740 /**
4741 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4742 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4743 * @since 1.23
4744 */
4745 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4746
4747 /**
4748 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4749 *
4750 * @since 1.24
4751 */
4752 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4756 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4757 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4758 *
4759 * An advanced example:
4760 * @code
4761 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4762 * 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
4763 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4764 * 'secrets' => [
4765 * hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
4766 * ],
4767 * 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
4768 * ];
4769 * @endcode
4770 *
4771 * @since 1.24
4772 */
4773 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4774 'A' => [
4775 'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
4776 ],
4777 'B' => [
4778 'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
4779 ],
4780 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4781 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4782 'types' => [
4783 'A',
4784 'pbkdf2',
4785 ],
4786 ],
4787 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4788 'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
4789 'types' => [
4790 'B',
4791 'pbkdf2',
4792 ],
4793 ],
4794 'bcrypt' => [
4795 'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
4796 'cost' => 9,
4797 ],
4798 'pbkdf2' => [
4799 'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
4800 'algo' => 'sha512',
4801 'cost' => '30000',
4802 'length' => '64',
4803 ],
4804 ];
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4808 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4809 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4810 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4811 */
4812 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4813 'username' => true,
4814 'email' => true,
4815 ];
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4819 */
4820 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4821
4822 /**
4823 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4824 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4825 */
4826 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4830 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4831 */
4832 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4833 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4834 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4835 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4836 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4837 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4838 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
4839 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4840 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4841 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4842 'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
4843 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4844 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4845 ];
4846
4847 /**
4848 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4849 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4850 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4851 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4852 */
4853 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4854 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4855 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4856 'date' => 'default',
4857 'diffonly' => 0,
4858 'disablemail' => 0,
4859 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4860 'editondblclick' => 0,
4861 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4862 'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
4863 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4864 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4865 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4866 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4867 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4868 'fancysig' => 0,
4869 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4870 'gender' => 'unknown',
4871 'hideminor' => 0,
4872 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4873 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4874 'imagesize' => 2,
4875 'minordefault' => 0,
4876 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4877 'nickname' => '',
4878 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4879 'numberheadings' => 0,
4880 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4881 'previewontop' => 1,
4882 'rcdays' => 7,
4883 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4884 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4885 'rclimit' => 50,
4886 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4887 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4888 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4889 'skin' => false,
4890 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4891 'thumbsize' => 5,
4892 'underline' => 2,
4893 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4894 'usenewrc' => 1,
4895 'watchcreations' => 1,
4896 'watchdefault' => 1,
4897 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4898 'watchuploads' => 1,
4899 'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
4900 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4901 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4902 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4907 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4908 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4909 'watchmoves' => 0,
4910 'watchrollback' => 0,
4911 'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4912 'wllimit' => 250,
4913 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4914 'prefershttps' => 1,
4915 ];
4916
4917 /**
4918 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4919 */
4920 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4921
4922 /**
4923 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4924 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4925 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4926 */
4927 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4928
4929 /**
4930 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4931 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4932 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4933 *
4934 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4935 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4936 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4937 */
4938 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4939
4940 /**
4941 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4942 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4943 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4944 * @since 1.17
4945 */
4946 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4947
4948 /**
4949 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4950 *
4951 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4952 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4953 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4954 *
4955 * @since 1.27
4956 * @var string|null
4957 */
4958 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4959
4960 /**
4961 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4962 *
4963 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4964 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4965 *
4966 * @since 1.27
4967 */
4968 $wgSessionProviders = [
4969 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4970 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4971 'args' => [ [
4972 'priority' => 30,
4973 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4974 ] ],
4975 ],
4976 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4977 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4978 'args' => [ [
4979 'priority' => 75,
4980 ] ],
4981 ],
4982 ];
4983
4984 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4985
4986 /************************************************************************//**
4987 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4988 * @{
4989 */
4990
4991 /**
4992 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4993 */
4994 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4995
4996 /**
4997 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4998 *
4999 * This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
5000 * edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
5001 * restrictions.
5002 */
5003 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5007 */
5008 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5009
5010 /**
5011 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5012 *
5013 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5014 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5015 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5016 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5017 *
5018 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5019 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5020 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5021 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5022 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5023 */
5024 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5025 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5026 'IPv6' => 19,
5027 ];
5028
5029 /**
5030 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5031 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5032 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5033 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5034 * anonymous visitors.
5035 */
5036 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5037
5038 /**
5039 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5040 *
5041 * @par Example:
5042 * @code
5043 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5044 * @endcode
5045 *
5046 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5047 *
5048 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5049 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5050 *
5051 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5052 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5053 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5054 *
5055 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5056 * hook instead.
5057 */
5058 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5059
5060 /**
5061 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5062 *
5063 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5064 * is without underscore.
5065 *
5066 * @par Example:
5067 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5068 * @code
5069 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5070 * @endcode
5071 *
5072 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5073 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5074 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5075 *
5076 * @par Example:
5077 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5078 * @code
5079 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5080 * @endcode
5081 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5082 *
5083 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5084 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5085 */
5086 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5087
5088 /**
5089 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5090 * address before being allowed to edit?
5091 */
5092 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5093
5094 /**
5095 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5096 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5097 */
5098 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5099
5100 /**
5101 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5102 *
5103 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5104 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5105 *
5106 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5107 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5108 *
5109 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5110 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5111 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5112 * in in the user_groups table.
5113 *
5114 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5115 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5116 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5117 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5118 *
5119 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5120 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5121 *
5122 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5123 */
5124 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5125
5126 /** @cond file_level_code */
5127 // Implicit group for all visitors
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5139 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5140
5141 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5164
5165 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5168
5169 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5170 // from various log pages by default
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5179
5180 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5184 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5186 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5188 // can view deleted revision text
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5214 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5215 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5219 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5220 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5223 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5224 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5225
5226 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
5227 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
5228 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
5229 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
5230 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
5231 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
5232 $wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
5233
5234 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5235 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5236 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5237 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5238 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5239 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5240 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5241
5242 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5243 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5244 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5246 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5247 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5248 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5249 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5250 // For private suppression log access
5251 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5252
5253 /**
5254 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5255 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5256 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5257 * server.
5258 */
5259 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5260
5261 /** @endcond */
5262
5263 /**
5264 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5265 *
5266 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5267 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5268 *
5269 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5270 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5271 */
5272 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5276 */
5277 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5281 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5282 *
5283 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5284 * group".
5285 *
5286 * @par Example:
5287 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5288 * @code
5289 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5290 * @endcode
5291 *
5292 * @par Example:
5293 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5294 * @code
5295 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5296 * @endcode
5297 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5298 * any group that they happen to be in.
5299 */
5300 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5304 */
5305 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5306
5307 /**
5308 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5309 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5310 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5311 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5312 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5313 */
5314 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5315
5316 /**
5317 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5318 *
5319 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5320 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5321 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5322 *
5323 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5324 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5325 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5326 */
5327 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5328
5329 /**
5330 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5331 *
5332 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5333 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5334 *
5335 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5336 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5337 */
5338 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5339
5340 /**
5341 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5342 *
5343 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5344 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5345 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5346 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5347 * "semiprotected".
5348 *
5349 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5350 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5351 */
5352 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5353
5354 /**
5355 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5356 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5357 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5358 *
5359 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5360 */
5361 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5362
5363 /**
5364 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5365 *
5366 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5367 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5368 *
5369 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5370 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5371 */
5372 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5373
5374 /**
5375 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5376 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5377 * privileges of new accounts.
5378 *
5379 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5380 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5381 *
5382 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5383 *
5384 * @par Example:
5385 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5386 * @code
5387 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5388 * @endcode
5389 * Set age to one day:
5390 * @code
5391 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5392 * @endcode
5393 */
5394 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5395
5396 /**
5397 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5398 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5399 *
5400 * @par Example:
5401 * @code
5402 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5403 * @endcode
5404 */
5405 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5406
5407 /**
5408 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5409 *
5410 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5411 *
5412 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5413 * 'groupname' => cond,
5414 * 'group2' => cond2,
5415 * );
5416 *
5417 * A `cond` may be:
5418 * - a single condition without arguments:
5419 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5420 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5421 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5422 * - a single condition with arguments:
5423 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5424 * - a set of conditions:
5425 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5426 *
5427 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5428 * - `&` (**AND**):
5429 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5430 * - `|` (**OR**):
5431 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5432 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5433 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5434 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5435 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5436 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5437 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5438 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5439 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5440 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5441 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5442 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5443 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5444 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5445 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5446 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5447 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5448 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5449 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5450 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5451 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5452 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5453 * true if the user is blocked
5454 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5455 * true if the user is a bot
5456 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5457 *
5458 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5459 * linked by operands.
5460 *
5461 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5462 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5463 */
5464 $wgAutopromote = [
5465 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5466 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5467 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5468 ],
5469 ];
5470
5471 /**
5472 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5473 *
5474 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5475 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5476 *
5477 * The format is:
5478 * @code
5479 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5480 * @endcode
5481 * Where event is either:
5482 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5483 *
5484 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5485 *
5486 * @see $wgAutopromote
5487 * @since 1.18
5488 */
5489 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5490 'onEdit' => [],
5491 ];
5492
5493 /**
5494 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5495 * @since 1.18
5496 */
5497 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5498
5499 /**
5500 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5501 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5502 *
5503 * @par Example:
5504 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5505 * @code
5506 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5507 * @endcode
5508 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5509 * @code
5510 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5511 * @endcode
5512 * Sysops can make bots:
5513 * @code
5514 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5515 * @endcode
5516 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5517 * @code
5518 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5519 * @endcode
5520 */
5521 $wgAddGroups = [];
5522
5523 /**
5524 * @see $wgAddGroups
5525 */
5526 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5527
5528 /**
5529 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5530 * For extensions only.
5531 */
5532 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5533
5534 /**
5535 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5536 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5537 */
5538 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5539
5540 /**
5541 * Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
5542 * Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
5543 */
5544 $wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
5545
5546 /**
5547 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5548 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5549 * This is limited for performance reason.
5550 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5551 * @since 1.23
5552 */
5553 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5554
5555 /**
5556 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5557 *
5558 * @par Example:
5559 * @code
5560 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5561 * // no more than 100 per month
5562 * [
5563 * 'count' => 100,
5564 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5565 * ],
5566 * // no more than 10 per day
5567 * [
5568 * 'count' => 10,
5569 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5570 * ],
5571 * ];
5572 * @endcode
5573 *
5574 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5575 */
5576 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5577 'count' => 0,
5578 'seconds' => 86400,
5579 ] ];
5580
5581 /**
5582 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5583 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5584 *
5585 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5586 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5587 *
5588 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5589 *
5590 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5591 */
5592 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5593
5594 /**
5595 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5596 */
5597 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5598
5599 /**
5600 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5601 * proxies
5602 * @since 1.16
5603 */
5604 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5605
5606 /**
5607 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5608 *
5609 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5610 * the blacklist require a key).
5611 *
5612 * @par Example:
5613 * @code
5614 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5615 * // String containing URL
5616 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5617 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5618 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5619 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5620 * // just use a string as shown above
5621 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5622 * ];
5623 * @endcode
5624 *
5625 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5626 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5627 * @since 1.16
5628 */
5629 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5630
5631 /**
5632 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5633 * what the other methods might say.
5634 */
5635 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5636
5637 /**
5638 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5639 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5640 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5641 * @since 1.29
5642 * @var string[]
5643 */
5644 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5645
5646 /**
5647 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5648 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5649 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5650 */
5651 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5652
5653 /**
5654 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5655 *
5656 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5657 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5658 * elapses.
5659 *
5660 * @par Example:
5661 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5662 * @code
5663 * $wgRateLimits = [
5664 * 'edit' => [
5665 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5666 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5667 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5668 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5669 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5670 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5671 * ]
5672 * ];
5673 * @endcode
5674 *
5675 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5676 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5677 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5678 * @code
5679 * $wgRateLimits = [
5680 * 'some-action' => [
5681 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5682 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5683 * ];
5684 * @endcode
5685 *
5686 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5687 */
5688 $wgRateLimits = [
5689 // Page edits
5690 'edit' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5692 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5693 'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Page moves
5696 'move' => [
5697 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5698 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5699 ],
5700 // File uploads
5701 'upload' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5703 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Page rollbacks
5706 'rollback' => [
5707 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5708 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5709 ],
5710 // Triggering password resets emails
5711 'mailpassword' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5715 'emailuser' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5717 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5718 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5719 ],
5720 // Purging pages
5721 'purge' => [
5722 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5723 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5724 ],
5725 // Purges of link tables
5726 'linkpurge' => [
5727 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5728 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5729 ],
5730 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5731 'renderfile' => [
5732 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5733 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5734 ],
5735 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5736 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5737 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5738 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5739 ],
5740 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5741 'stashedit' => [
5742 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5743 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5744 ],
5745 // Adding or removing change tags
5746 'changetag' => [
5747 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5748 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5749 ],
5750 // Changing the content model of a page
5751 'editcontentmodel' => [
5752 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5753 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5754 ],
5755 ];
5756
5757 /**
5758 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5759 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5760 */
5761 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5762
5763 /**
5764 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5765 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5766 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5767 */
5768 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5769
5770 /**
5771 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5772 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5773 */
5774 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5775
5776 /**
5777 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5778 *
5779 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5780 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5781 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5782 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5783 *
5784 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5785 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5786 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5787 */
5788 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5789 // Short term limit
5790 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5791 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5792 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5793 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5794 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5795 ];
5796
5797 /**
5798 * @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5799 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5800 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5801 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5802 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5803 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5804 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5805 * @since 1.27
5806 */
5807 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5808
5809 // @TODO: clean up grants
5810 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5827
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5835
5836 // FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5841
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
5844
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
5855
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5863
5864 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5866
5867 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5869 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5871 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5877
5878 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5879 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5880
5881 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5882 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5883 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5884
5885 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5886
5887 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5888 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5889 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5890 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5891 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5892 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5893 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5894
5895 $wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5896
5897 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5898 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5899
5900 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5901
5902 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5903
5904 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5905
5906 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5907
5908 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5909
5910 /**
5911 * @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5912 * @since 1.27
5913 */
5914 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5915 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5916 'basic' => 'hidden',
5917
5918 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5919 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5920 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5921 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5922
5923 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5924 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5925
5926 'sendemail' => 'email',
5927
5928 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5929 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5930
5931 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5932 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5933
5934 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5935 'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
5936 'rollback' => 'administration',
5937 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5938 'delete' => 'administration',
5939 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5940 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5941 'protect' => 'administration',
5942 'oversight' => 'administration',
5943 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5944
5945 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5946
5947 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5948 ];
5949
5950 /**
5951 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5952 * @since 1.27
5953 */
5954 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5955
5956 /**
5957 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5958 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5959 * @since 1.27
5960 */
5961 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5962
5963 /**
5964 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5965 *
5966 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5967 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5968 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5969 * @since 1.27
5970 */
5971 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5972
5973 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5974
5975 /************************************************************************//**
5976 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5977 * @{
5978 */
5979
5980 /**
5981 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5982 */
5983 $wgSecretKey = false;
5984
5985 /**
5986 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5987 *
5988 * This can have the following formats:
5989 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5990 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5991 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5992 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5993 */
5994 $wgProxyList = [];
5995
5996 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5997
5998 /************************************************************************//**
5999 * @name Cookie settings
6000 * @{
6001 */
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
6005 */
6006 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
6007
6008 /**
6009 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
6010 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
6011 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
6012 * login cookies session-only.
6013 */
6014 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
6015
6016 /**
6017 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
6018 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
6019 */
6020 $wgCookieDomain = '';
6021
6022 /**
6023 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
6024 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
6025 */
6026 $wgCookiePath = '/';
6027
6028 /**
6029 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
6030 * - true: Set secure flag
6031 * - false: Don't set secure flag
6032 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
6033 */
6034 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6035
6036 /**
6037 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6038 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6039 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6040 * check.
6041 */
6042 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6043
6044 /**
6045 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6046 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6047 * name to be used as a prefix.
6048 */
6049 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6050
6051 /**
6052 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6053 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6054 * XSS attack.
6055 */
6056 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6057
6058 /**
6059 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6060 */
6061 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6062
6063 /**
6064 * Override to customise the session name
6065 */
6066 $wgSessionName = false;
6067
6068 /**
6069 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6070 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6071 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6072 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6073 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6074 */
6075 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6076
6077 /**
6078 * Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
6079 * even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
6080 * authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
6081 * case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
6082 * is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6083 */
6084 $wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = false;
6085
6086 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6087
6088 /************************************************************************//**
6089 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6090 * @{
6091 */
6092
6093 /**
6094 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6095 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6096 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6097 * Please see math/README for more information.
6098 */
6099 $wgUseTeX = false;
6100
6101 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6102
6103 /************************************************************************//**
6104 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6105 *
6106 * See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
6107 *
6108 * @{
6109 */
6110
6111 /**
6112 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6113 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6114 * may contain private data.
6115 */
6116 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6117
6118 /**
6119 * Prefix for debug log lines
6120 */
6121 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6122
6123 /**
6124 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6125 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6126 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6127 */
6128 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6129
6130 /**
6131 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6132 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6133 * and gen=js requests.
6134 */
6135 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6136
6137 /**
6138 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6139 *
6140 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6141 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6142 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6143 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6144 */
6145 $wgDebugComments = false;
6146
6147 /**
6148 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6149 *
6150 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6151 * '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6152 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6153 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6154 */
6155 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6156
6157 /**
6158 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6159 *
6160 * @since 1.26
6161 */
6162 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6163 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6164 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6165 'GET' => [
6166 'masterConns' => 0,
6167 'writes' => 0,
6168 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6169 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6170 ],
6171 // HTTP POST requests.
6172 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6173 'POST' => [
6174 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6175 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6176 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6177 'maxAffected' => 1000
6178 ],
6179 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6180 'writes' => 0,
6181 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6182 'readQueryRows' => 10000
6183 ],
6184 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6185 'PostSend-GET' => [
6186 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6187 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6188 'readQueryRows' => 10000,
6189 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6190 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6191 'masterConns' => 0,
6192 'writes' => 0,
6193 ],
6194 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6195 'PostSend-POST' => [
6196 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6197 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6198 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6199 'maxAffected' => 1000
6200 ],
6201 // Background job runner
6202 'JobRunner' => [
6203 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6204 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6205 'readQueryRows' => 100000,
6206 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6207 ],
6208 // Command-line scripts
6209 'Maintenance' => [
6210 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6211 'maxAffected' => 1000
6212 ]
6213 ];
6214
6215 /**
6216 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6217 *
6218 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6219 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6220 * in production.
6221 *
6222 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6223 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6224 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6225 * - associative array with keys:
6226 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6227 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6228 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6229 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6230 *
6231 * @par Example:
6232 * @code
6233 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6234 * @endcode
6235 *
6236 * @par Advanced example:
6237 * @code
6238 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6239 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6240 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6241 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6242 * ];
6243 * @endcode
6244 */
6245 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6246
6247 /**
6248 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6249 *
6250 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6251 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6252 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6253 * details.
6254 *
6255 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6256 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6257 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6258 *
6259 * @par To completely disable logging:
6260 * @code
6261 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
6262 * @endcode
6263 *
6264 * @since 1.25
6265 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6266 * @see MwLogger
6267 */
6268 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6269 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
6270 ];
6271
6272 /**
6273 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6274 *
6275 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6276 */
6277 $wgShowDebug = false;
6278
6279 /**
6280 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6281 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6282 */
6283 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6284
6285 /**
6286 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6287 */
6288 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6289
6290 /**
6291 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6292 */
6293 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6297 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6298 * to an attacker.
6299 *
6300 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
6301 * $wgShowHostnames instead.
6302 */
6303 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6304
6305 /**
6306 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
6307 * complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
6308 * may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6309 * formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
6310 */
6311 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6315 *
6316 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6317 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6318 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6319 * exception handler.
6320 *
6321 * @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
6322 */
6323 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6324
6325 /**
6326 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6327 */
6328 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6329
6330 /**
6331 * If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
6332 * after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
6333 */
6334 $wgPropagateErrors = true;
6335
6336 /**
6337 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6338 */
6339 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6340
6341 /**
6342 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6343 * Should be a string, default false.
6344 * @since 1.20
6345 */
6346 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6347
6348 /**
6349 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6350 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6351 */
6352 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6356 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6357 * after the limit.
6358 */
6359 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6360
6361 /**
6362 * Profiler configuration.
6363 *
6364 * To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
6365 *
6366 * Example:
6367 *
6368 * @code
6369 * $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
6370 * @endcode
6371 *
6372 * For output, set the 'output' key to an array of class names, one for each
6373 * output type you want the profiler to generate. For example:
6374 *
6375 * @code
6376 * $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
6377 * @endcode
6378 *
6379 * The output classes available to you by default are ProfilerOutputDb,
6380 * ProfilerOutputDump, ProfilerOutputStats, ProfilerOutputText, and
6381 * ProfilerOutputUdp.
6382 *
6383 * ProfilerOutputStats outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics. It expects
6384 * that you have set the $wgStatsdServer configuration variable to the host (or
6385 * host:port) of your statsd server.
6386 *
6387 * ProfilerOutputText will output profiling data in the page body as a comment.
6388 * You can make the profiling data in HTML render as part of the page content
6389 * by setting the 'visible' configuration flag:
6390 *
6391 * @code
6392 * $wgProfiler['visible'] = true;
6393 * @endcode
6394 *
6395 * 'ProfilerOutputDb' expects a database table that can be created by applying
6396 * maintenance/archives/patch-profiling.sql to your database.
6397 *
6398 * 'ProfilerOutputDump' expects a $wgProfiler['outputDir'] telling it where to
6399 * write dump files. The files produced are compatible with the XHProf gui.
6400 * For a rudimentary sampling profiler:
6401 *
6402 * @code
6403 * $wgProfiler['class'] = 'ProfilerXhprof';
6404 * $wgProfiler['output'] = array( 'ProfilerOutputDb' );
6405 * $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
6406 * @endcode
6407 *
6408 * When using the built-in `sampling` option, the `class` will changed to
6409 * ProfilerStub for non-sampled cases.
6410 *
6411 * For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
6412 * could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
6413 * parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
6414 *
6415 * @since 1.17.0
6416 */
6417 $wgProfiler = [];
6418
6419 /**
6420 * Allow the profileinfo.php entrypoint to be used.
6421 *
6422 * @since 1.5.0
6423 */
6424 $wgEnableProfileInfo = false;
6425
6426 /**
6427 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6428 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6429 */
6430 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6434 *
6435 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6436 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6437 */
6438 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6439
6440 /**
6441 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6442 *
6443 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6444 *
6445 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6446 *
6447 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6448 * @since 1.25
6449 */
6450 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6454 *
6455 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6456 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6457 * @since 1.25
6458 */
6459 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6460
6461 /**
6462 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6463 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6464 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6465 * @since 1.28
6466 */
6467 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
6468 'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
6469 ];
6470
6471 /**
6472 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6473 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6474 * templates.
6475 */
6476 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6477
6478 /**
6479 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6480 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6481 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6482 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6483 */
6484 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6485
6486 /**
6487 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6488 * filename is passed to it.
6489 *
6490 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6491 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6492 *
6493 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6494 *
6495 * Use full paths.
6496 *
6497 * @deprecated since 1.30
6498 */
6499 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6500
6501 /**
6502 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6503 */
6504 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6508 * @since 1.19
6509 */
6510 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6511
6512 /**
6513 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6514 * queries and other useful output.
6515 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6516 *
6517 * @since 1.19
6518 */
6519 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6520
6521 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6522
6523 /************************************************************************//**
6524 * @name Search
6525 * @{
6526 */
6527
6528 /**
6529 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6530 */
6531 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6535 * by default off due to execution overhead
6536 */
6537 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6538
6539 /**
6540 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6541 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6542 */
6543 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6547 *
6548 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6549 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6550 *
6551 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6552 *
6553 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6554 */
6555 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6556
6557 /**
6558 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6559 *
6560 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6561 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6562 *
6563 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6564 */
6565 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6566 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6567 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6568 ];
6569
6570 /**
6571 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6572 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6573 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6574 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6575 */
6576 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6577
6578 /**
6579 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6580 * OpenSearch call.
6581 */
6582 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6583
6584 /**
6585 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6586 */
6587 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6588
6589 /**
6590 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6591 */
6592 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6593
6594 /**
6595 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6596 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6597 */
6598 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6602 *
6603 * @par Example:
6604 * @code
6605 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6606 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6607 * @endcode
6608 */
6609 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6610 NS_MAIN => true,
6611 ];
6612
6613 /**
6614 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6615 * implemented by an extension instead.
6616 */
6617 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6618
6619 /**
6620 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6621 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6622 * search term.
6623 *
6624 * @par Example:
6625 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6626 * @code
6627 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6628 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6629 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6630 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6631 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6632 * @endcode
6633 */
6634 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6635
6636 /**
6637 * Search form behavior.
6638 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6639 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6640 */
6641 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6645 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6646 * generated for all namespaces.
6647 */
6648 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6649
6650 /**
6651 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6652 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6653 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6654 *
6655 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6656 * @par Example:
6657 * @code
6658 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6659 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6660 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6661 * ];
6662 * @endcode
6663 */
6664 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6665
6666 /**
6667 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6668 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6669 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6670 */
6671 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6672
6673 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6674
6675 /************************************************************************//**
6676 * @name Edit user interface
6677 * @{
6678 */
6679
6680 /**
6681 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6682 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6683 */
6684 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6688 */
6689 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6693 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6694 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6695 */
6696 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6697 NS_CATEGORY => true
6698 ];
6699
6700 /**
6701 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6702 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6703 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6704 */
6705 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6706
6707 /**
6708 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6709 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6710 * ting this variable false.
6711 */
6712 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6713
6714 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6715
6716 /************************************************************************//**
6717 * @name Maintenance
6718 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6719 * @{
6720 */
6721
6722 /**
6723 * @cond file_level_code
6724 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6725 */
6726 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6727 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6728 }
6729 /** @endcond */
6730
6731 /**
6732 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6733 */
6734 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6735
6736 /**
6737 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6738 * used as an explanation to users.
6739 *
6740 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6741 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6742 * option in MySQL.
6743 */
6744 $wgReadOnly = null;
6745
6746 /**
6747 * Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
6748 * @var bool
6749 * @since 1.31
6750 */
6751 $wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
6752
6753 /**
6754 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6755 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6756 * message.
6757 *
6758 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6759 */
6760 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6761
6762 /**
6763 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6764 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6765 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6766 *
6767 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6768 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6769 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6770 */
6771 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6772
6773 /**
6774 * Fully specified path to git binary
6775 */
6776 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6777
6778 /**
6779 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6780 *
6781 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6782 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6783 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6784 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6785 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6786 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6787 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6788 *
6789 * @since 1.20
6790 */
6791 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6792 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6793 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6794 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6795 'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
6796 ];
6797
6798 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6799
6800 /************************************************************************//**
6801 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6802 * @{
6803 */
6804
6805 /**
6806 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6807 * seconds will go.
6808 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6809 */
6810 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6814 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6815 * @since 1.26
6816 */
6817 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6818
6819 /**
6820 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6821 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6822 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6823 * @since 1.26
6824 */
6825 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6826
6827 /**
6828 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6829 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6830 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6831 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6832 * is still there.
6833 */
6834 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6835
6836 /**
6837 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6838 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6839 */
6840 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6841
6842 /**
6843 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6844 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6845 */
6846 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6850 *
6851 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6852 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6853 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6854 *
6855 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6856 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6857 * passed to the constructor.
6858 *
6859 * Common options:
6860 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6861 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6862 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6863 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6864 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6865 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6866 *
6867 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6868 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6869 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6870 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6871 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6872 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6873 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6874 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6875 *
6876 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6877 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6878 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6879 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6880 *
6881 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6882 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6883 *
6884 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6885 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6886 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6887 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6888 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6889 * ];
6890 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6891 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6892 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6893 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6894 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6895 * ];
6896 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6897 * 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
6898 * ];
6899 * @since 1.22
6900 */
6901 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6902
6903 /**
6904 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6905 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6906 * @since 1.22
6907 */
6908 $wgRCEngines = [
6909 'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
6910 'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
6911 ];
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6915 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6916 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6917 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6918 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6919 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6920 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6921 *
6922 * @since 1.27
6923 */
6924 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6925
6926 /**
6927 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6928 * New pages and new files are included.
6929 *
6930 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6931 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6932 * Special:Log.
6933 */
6934 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6935
6936 /**
6937 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6938 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6939 * 0 to disable completely.
6940 */
6941 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6942
6943 /**
6944 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6945 *
6946 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6947 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6948 * Special:Log.
6949 */
6950 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6951
6952 /**
6953 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6954 *
6955 * @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
6956 * remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
6957 * Special:Log.
6958 *
6959 * @since 1.27
6960 */
6961 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6962
6963 /**
6964 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6965 */
6966 $wgFeed = true;
6967
6968 /**
6969 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6970 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6971 */
6972 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6973
6974 /**
6975 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6976 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6977 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6978 *
6979 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6980 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6981 */
6982 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6983
6984 /**
6985 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6986 * pages larger than this size.
6987 */
6988 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6989
6990 /**
6991 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6992 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6993 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6994 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6995 * as value.
6996 * @par Example:
6997 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6998 * @code
6999 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
7000 * @endcode
7001 */
7002 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
7003
7004 /**
7005 * Available feeds objects.
7006 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
7007 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
7008 */
7009 $wgFeedClasses = [
7010 'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
7011 'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
7012 ];
7013
7014 /**
7015 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
7016 * 'atom', neither, or both.
7017 */
7018 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
7019
7020 /**
7021 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
7022 */
7023 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
7024
7025 /**
7026 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
7027 */
7028 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
7029
7030 /**
7031 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
7032 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
7033 * highlighted on the RC page.
7034 */
7035 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
7039 * view for watched pages with new changes
7040 */
7041 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
7042
7043 /**
7044 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
7045 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
7046 */
7047 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
7048
7049 /**
7050 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
7051 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
7052 */
7053 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
7054
7055 /**
7056 * List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
7057 * - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
7058 * - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
7059 * - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
7060 * - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
7061 * - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
7062 * - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
7063 * - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
7064 * - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
7065 *
7066 * @var array
7067 * @since 1.31
7068 */
7069 $wgSoftwareTags = [
7070 'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
7071 'mw-new-redirect' => true,
7072 'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
7073 'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
7074 'mw-blank' => true,
7075 'mw-replace' => true,
7076 'mw-rollback' => true,
7077 'mw-undo' => true,
7078 ];
7079
7080 /**
7081 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
7082 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
7083 * watchers.
7084 *
7085 * @since 1.21
7086 */
7087 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
7088
7089 /**
7090 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
7091 * certain types of edits.
7092 *
7093 * To register a new one:
7094 * @code
7095 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
7096 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
7097 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
7098 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
7099 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
7100 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
7101 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
7102 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
7103 * 'class' => 'css-class',
7104 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
7105 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
7106 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
7107 * 'grouping' => 'any',
7108 * ];
7109 * @endcode
7110 *
7111 * @since 1.22
7112 */
7113 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
7114 'newpage' => [
7115 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
7116 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
7117 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
7118 'grouping' => 'any',
7119 ],
7120 'minor' => [
7121 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
7122 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
7123 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
7124 'class' => 'minoredit',
7125 'grouping' => 'all',
7126 ],
7127 'bot' => [
7128 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
7129 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
7130 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
7131 'class' => 'botedit',
7132 'grouping' => 'all',
7133 ],
7134 'unpatrolled' => [
7135 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
7136 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
7137 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
7138 'grouping' => 'any',
7139 ],
7140 ];
7141
7142 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7143
7144 /************************************************************************//**
7145 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7146 * @{
7147 */
7148
7149 /**
7150 * Override for copyright metadata.
7151 *
7152 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7153 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7154 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7155 */
7156 $wgRightsPage = null;
7157
7158 /**
7159 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7160 * wiki.
7161 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7162 */
7163 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7164
7165 /**
7166 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7167 * link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
7168 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7169 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7170 */
7171 $wgRightsText = null;
7172
7173 /**
7174 * Override for copyright metadata.
7175 */
7176 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7177
7178 /**
7179 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7180 */
7181 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7185 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7186 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7187 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7188 * large wikis.
7189 */
7190 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7191
7192 /**
7193 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7194 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7195 */
7196 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7197
7198 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7199
7200 /************************************************************************//**
7201 * @name Import / Export
7202 * @{
7203 */
7204
7205 /**
7206 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7207 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7208 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7209 *
7210 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7211 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7212 * e.g.
7213 * @code
7214 * $wgImportSources = [
7215 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7216 * 'wikispecies',
7217 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7218 * ];
7219 * @endcode
7220 *
7221 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7222 * the ImportSources hook.
7223 *
7224 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7225 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7226 */
7227 $wgImportSources = [];
7228
7229 /**
7230 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7231 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7232 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7233 *
7234 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7235 */
7236 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7240 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7241 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7242 */
7243 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7244
7245 /**
7246 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7247 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7248 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7249 */
7250 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7251
7252 /**
7253 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7254 */
7255 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7256
7257 /**
7258 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7259 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7260 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7261 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7262 * it's disabled by default for now.
7263 *
7264 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7265 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7266 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7267 */
7268 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7269
7270 /**
7271 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7272 */
7273 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7274
7275 /**
7276 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7277 */
7278 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7282 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7283 *
7284 * @since 1.27
7285 */
7286 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7287
7288 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7289
7290 /*************************************************************************//**
7291 * @name Extensions
7292 * @{
7293 */
7294
7295 /**
7296 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7297 * initialised
7298 */
7299 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7300
7301 /**
7302 * Extension messages files.
7303 *
7304 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7305 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7306 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7307 * is the most common.
7308 *
7309 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7310 * in the core.
7311 *
7312 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7313 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7314 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7315 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7316 *
7317 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7318 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7319 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7320 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7321 *
7322 * @par Example:
7323 * @code
7324 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7325 * @endcode
7326 */
7327 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7328
7329 /**
7330 * Extension messages directories.
7331 *
7332 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7333 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7334 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7335 * message directories.
7336 *
7337 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7338 *
7339 * @par Simple example:
7340 * @code
7341 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7342 * @endcode
7343 *
7344 * @par Complex example:
7345 * @code
7346 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7347 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7348 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
7349 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7350 * ]
7351 * @endcode
7352 * @since 1.23
7353 */
7354 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7355
7356 /**
7357 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7358 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7359 * @since 1.22
7360 */
7361 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7362
7363 /**
7364 * Parser output hooks.
7365 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7366 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7367 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7368 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7369 *
7370 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7371 *
7372 * The callback has the form:
7373 * @code
7374 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7375 * @endcode
7376 */
7377 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7378
7379 /**
7380 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7381 */
7382 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7383
7384 /**
7385 * List of valid skin names
7386 *
7387 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7388 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7389 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7390 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7391 */
7392 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7393
7394 /**
7395 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7396 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7397 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7398 * SpecialPage.
7399 */
7400 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7401
7402 /**
7403 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7404 */
7405 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7409 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7410 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7411 */
7412 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7413
7414 /**
7415 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7416 *
7417 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7418 *
7419 * @code
7420 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7421 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7422 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7423 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7424 * 'author' => [
7425 * 'Foo Barstein',
7426 * ],
7427 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7428 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7429 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7430 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
7431 * ];
7432 * @endcode
7433 *
7434 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7435 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7436 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7437 * interpreted as wikitext.
7438 *
7439 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7440 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7441 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7442 *
7443 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7444 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7445 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7446 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7447 *
7448 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7449 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7450 * usually are.)
7451 *
7452 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7453 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7454 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7455 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7456 *
7457 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7458 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7459 *
7460 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7461 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7462 *
7463 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7464 * as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7465 */
7466 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7467
7468 /**
7469 * Authentication plugin.
7470 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7471 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7472 */
7473 $wgAuth = null;
7474
7475 /**
7476 * Global list of hooks.
7477 *
7478 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7479 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7480 * internally by Hook:run().
7481 *
7482 * The value can be one of:
7483 *
7484 * - A function name:
7485 * @code
7486 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7487 * @endcode
7488 * - A function with some data:
7489 * @code
7490 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7491 * @endcode
7492 * - A an object method:
7493 * @code
7494 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7495 * @endcode
7496 * - A closure:
7497 * @code
7498 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7499 * // Handler code goes here.
7500 * };
7501 * @endcode
7502 *
7503 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7504 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7505 *
7506 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7507 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7508 */
7509 $wgHooks = [];
7510
7511 /**
7512 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7513 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7514 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7515 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7516 * hook for that.
7517 *
7518 * @see MediaWikiServices
7519 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7520 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7521 */
7522 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7523 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7524 ];
7525
7526 /**
7527 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7528 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7529 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7530 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7531 */
7532 $wgJobClasses = [
7533 'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
7534 'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7535 'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
7536 'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
7537 'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
7538 'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
7539 'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
7540 'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
7541 'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
7542 'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
7543 'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
7544 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7545 'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
7546 'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
7547 'categoryMembershipChange' => function ( Title $title, $params = [] ) {
7548 $pc = MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getParserCache();
7549 return new CategoryMembershipChangeJob( $pc, $title, $params );
7550 },
7551 'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
7552 'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
7553 'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
7554 'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
7555 'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
7556 'null' => NullJob::class,
7557 ];
7558
7559 /**
7560 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7561 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7562 *
7563 * These can be:
7564 * - Very long-running jobs.
7565 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7566 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7567 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7568 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7569 */
7570 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7571
7572 /**
7573 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7574 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7575 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7576 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7577 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7578 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7579 * @var float[]
7580 */
7581 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7582
7583 /**
7584 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7585 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7586 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7587 *
7588 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7589 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7590 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7591 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7592 *
7593 * @var float|bool
7594 * @since 1.26
7595 */
7596 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7597
7598 /**
7599 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7600 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7601 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7602 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7603 */
7604 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7605 'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7606 ];
7607
7608 /**
7609 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7610 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7611 */
7612 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7613 'class' => JobQueueAggregatorNull::class
7614 ];
7615
7616 /**
7617 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7618 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7619 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7620 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7621 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7622 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7623 * that limit is hit.
7624 *
7625 * @since 1.29
7626 */
7627 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7628
7629 /**
7630 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7631 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7632 */
7633 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7634 'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
7635 ];
7636
7637 /**
7638 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7639 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7640 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7641 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7642 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7643 */
7644 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7645 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7646 ];
7647
7648 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7649
7650 /*************************************************************************//**
7651 * @name Categories
7652 * @{
7653 */
7654
7655 /**
7656 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7657 */
7658 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7659
7660 /**
7661 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7662 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7663 */
7664 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7665
7666 /**
7667 * Paging limit for categories
7668 */
7669 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7670
7671 /**
7672 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7673 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7674 *
7675 * Available values are:
7676 *
7677 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7678 *
7679 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7680 *
7681 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7682 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7683 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7684 *
7685 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7686 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7687 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7688 * server.
7689 *
7690 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7691 * the sort keys in the database.
7692 *
7693 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7694 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7695 */
7696 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7697
7698 /** @} */ # End categories }
7699
7700 /*************************************************************************//**
7701 * @name Logging
7702 * @{
7703 */
7704
7705 /**
7706 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7707 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7708 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7709 * log type.
7710 *
7711 * Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
7712 * log types instead of checking the global variable.
7713 */
7714 $wgLogTypes = [
7715 '',
7716 'block',
7717 'protect',
7718 'rights',
7719 'delete',
7720 'upload',
7721 'move',
7722 'import',
7723 'patrol',
7724 'merge',
7725 'suppress',
7726 'tag',
7727 'managetags',
7728 'contentmodel',
7729 ];
7730
7731 /**
7732 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7733 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7734 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7735 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7736 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7737 */
7738 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7739 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7740 ];
7741
7742 /**
7743 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7744 *
7745 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7746 *
7747 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7748 *
7749 * @par Example:
7750 * @code
7751 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7752 * @endcode
7753 *
7754 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7755 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7756 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7757 *
7758 * A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
7759 * used for the link text.
7760 */
7761 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7762 'patrol' => true,
7763 'tag' => true,
7764 ];
7765
7766 /**
7767 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7768 * will be listed in the user interface.
7769 *
7770 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7771 *
7772 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7773 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7774 */
7775 $wgLogNames = [
7776 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7777 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7778 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7779 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7780 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7781 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7782 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7783 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7784 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7785 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7786 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7787 ];
7788
7789 /**
7790 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7791 * top of each log type.
7792 *
7793 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7794 *
7795 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7796 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7797 */
7798 $wgLogHeaders = [
7799 '' => 'alllogstext',
7800 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7801 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7802 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7803 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7804 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7805 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7806 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7807 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7808 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7809 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7810 ];
7811
7812 /**
7813 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7814 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7815 *
7816 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7817 */
7818 $wgLogActions = [];
7819
7820 /**
7821 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7822 * not messages.
7823 * @see LogPage::actionText
7824 * @see LogFormatter
7825 */
7826 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7827 'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7828 'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7829 'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7830 'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7831 'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
7832 'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7833 'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7834 'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7835 'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7836 'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7837 'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7838 'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
7839 'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
7840 'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
7841 'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
7842 'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
7843 'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
7844 'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7845 'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
7846 'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7847 'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
7848 'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7849 'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7850 'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7851 'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
7852 'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7853 'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
7854 'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7855 'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7856 'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7857 'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
7858 'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
7859 'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
7860 'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7861 'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7862 'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
7863 ];
7864
7865 /**
7866 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7867 *
7868 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7869 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7870 * Extensions may append to this array
7871 * @since 1.27
7872 */
7873 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7874 'block' => [
7875 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7876 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7877 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7878 ],
7879 'contentmodel' => [
7880 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7881 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7882 ],
7883 'delete' => [
7884 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7885 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7886 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7887 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7888 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7889 ],
7890 'import' => [
7891 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7892 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7893 ],
7894 'managetags' => [
7895 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7896 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7897 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7898 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7899 ],
7900 'move' => [
7901 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7902 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7903 ],
7904 'newusers' => [
7905 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7906 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7907 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7908 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7909 ],
7910 'protect' => [
7911 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7912 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7913 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7914 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7915 ],
7916 'rights' => [
7917 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7918 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7919 ],
7920 'suppress' => [
7921 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7922 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7923 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7924 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7925 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7926 ],
7927 'upload' => [
7928 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7929 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7930 ],
7931 ];
7932
7933 /**
7934 * Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
7935 */
7936 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7937
7938 /**
7939 * Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
7940 * @since 1.32
7941 */
7942 $wgPageCreationLog = true;
7943
7944 /** @} */ # end logging }
7945
7946 /*************************************************************************//**
7947 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7948 * @{
7949 */
7950
7951 /**
7952 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7953 */
7954 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7955
7956 /**
7957 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7958 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7959 */
7960 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7961
7962 /**
7963 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7964 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7965 */
7966 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7967
7968 /**
7969 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7970 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7971 */
7972 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7973
7974 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7975
7976 /*************************************************************************//**
7977 * @name Actions
7978 * @{
7979 */
7980
7981 /**
7982 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7983 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7984 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7985 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7986 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7987 * instead of the default class.
7988 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7989 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7990 */
7991 $wgActions = [
7992 'credits' => true,
7993 'delete' => true,
7994 'edit' => true,
7995 'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
7996 'history' => true,
7997 'info' => true,
7998 'markpatrolled' => true,
7999 'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
8000 'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
8001 'protect' => true,
8002 'purge' => true,
8003 'raw' => true,
8004 'render' => true,
8005 'revert' => true,
8006 'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
8007 'rollback' => true,
8008 'submit' => true,
8009 'unprotect' => true,
8010 'unwatch' => true,
8011 'view' => true,
8012 'watch' => true,
8013 ];
8014
8015 /** @} */ # end actions }
8016
8017 /*************************************************************************//**
8018 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
8019 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
8020 * @{
8021 */
8022
8023 /**
8024 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
8025 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
8026 * basis.
8027 */
8028 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
8029
8030 /**
8031 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
8032 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
8033 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
8034 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
8035 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
8036 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
8037 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
8038 *
8039 * @par Example:
8040 * @code
8041 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
8042 * @endcode
8043 */
8044 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
8045
8046 /**
8047 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
8048 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
8049 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
8050 *
8051 * @par Example:
8052 * @code
8053 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8054 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8055 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
8056 * ];
8057 * @endcode
8058 *
8059 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
8060 * forms:
8061 * @code
8062 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
8063 * # Underscore, not space!
8064 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
8065 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
8066 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
8067 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
8068 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
8069 * ];
8070 * @endcode
8071 */
8072 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
8073
8074 /**
8075 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
8076 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
8077 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
8078 *
8079 * @par Example:
8080 * @code
8081 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
8082 * @endcode
8083 */
8084 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
8085
8086 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
8087
8088 /************************************************************************//**
8089 * @name AJAX and API
8090 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
8091 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
8092 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
8093 * @{
8094 */
8095
8096 /**
8097 *
8098 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
8099 *
8100 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
8101 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
8102 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
8103 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
8104 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
8105 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
8106 * requiring POST.
8107 *
8108 * @since 1.21
8109 */
8110 $wgDebugAPI = false;
8111
8112 /**
8113 * API module extensions.
8114 *
8115 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
8116 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
8117 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
8118 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
8119 *
8120 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
8121 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
8122 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
8123 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
8124 * field.
8125 *
8126 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
8127 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
8128 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
8129 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
8130 *
8131 * Examples for registering API modules:
8132 *
8133 * @code
8134 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
8135 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8136 * 'class' => ApiBar::class,
8137 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8138 * ];
8139 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8140 * 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
8141 * 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
8142 * ];
8143 * @endcode
8144 *
8145 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8146 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8147 */
8148 $wgAPIModules = [];
8149
8150 /**
8151 * API format module extensions.
8152 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8153 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8154 *
8155 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8156 */
8157 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8158
8159 /**
8160 * API Query meta module extensions.
8161 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8162 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8163 *
8164 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8165 */
8166 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8167
8168 /**
8169 * API Query prop module extensions.
8170 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8171 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8172 *
8173 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8174 */
8175 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8176
8177 /**
8178 * API Query list module extensions.
8179 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8180 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8181 *
8182 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8183 */
8184 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8185
8186 /**
8187 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8188 * The default value is generally fine
8189 */
8190 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8191
8192 /**
8193 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8194 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8195 */
8196 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8197
8198 /**
8199 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8200 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8201 */
8202 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8203
8204 /**
8205 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8206 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8207 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8208 */
8209 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8210
8211 /**
8212 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8213 * API request logging
8214 */
8215 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8219 */
8220 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8221
8222 /**
8223 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8224 * API queries.
8225 */
8226 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8227 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8228 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8229 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8230 ];
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Enable AJAX framework
8234 *
8235 * @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
8236 */
8237 $wgUseAjax = true;
8238
8239 /**
8240 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8241 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8242 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8243 */
8244 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8245
8246 /**
8247 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8248 */
8249 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8250
8251 /**
8252 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
8253 */
8254 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8258 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8259 */
8260 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8264 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8265 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8266 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8267 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8268 *
8269 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8270 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8271 *
8272 * @par Example:
8273 * @code
8274 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8275 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8276 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8277 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8278 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8279 * ];
8280 * @endcode
8281 */
8282 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8283
8284 /**
8285 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8286 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8287 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8288 */
8289 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8290
8291 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8292
8293 /************************************************************************//**
8294 * @name Shell and process control
8295 * @{
8296 */
8297
8298 /**
8299 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8300 */
8301 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8302
8303 /**
8304 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8305 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8306 */
8307 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8308
8309 /**
8310 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8311 */
8312 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8313
8314 /**
8315 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8316 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8317 */
8318 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8319
8320 /**
8321 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8322 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8323 *
8324 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8325 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8326 * them segfault or deadlock.
8327 *
8328 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8329 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8330 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8331 *
8332 * @par Example:
8333 * @code
8334 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8335 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8336 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8337 * @endcode
8338 *
8339 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8340 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8341 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8342 */
8343 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8344
8345 /**
8346 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
8347 */
8348 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8349
8350 /**
8351 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8352 *
8353 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8354 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8355 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8356 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8357 *
8358 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8359 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8360 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8361 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8362 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8363 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8364 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8365 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8366 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8367 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8368 * decimal separator)
8369 *
8370 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8371 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8372 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8373 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8374 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8375 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8376 * displayed to the user.
8377 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8378 * date/time values.
8379 *
8380 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8381 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8382 * wikis.
8383 */
8384 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8385
8386 /**
8387 * Method to use to restrict shell commands
8388 *
8389 * Supported options:
8390 * - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
8391 * - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
8392 * - false: Don't use any restrictions
8393 *
8394 * @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
8395 * from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
8396 *
8397 * @since 1.31
8398 * @var string|bool
8399 */
8400 $wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
8401
8402 /** @} */ # End shell }
8403
8404 /************************************************************************//**
8405 * @name HTTP client
8406 * @{
8407 */
8408
8409 /**
8410 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8411 * @var int
8412 */
8413 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8417 * @since 1.29
8418 */
8419 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8420
8421 /**
8422 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8423 */
8424 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8425
8426 /**
8427 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8428 */
8429 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Local virtual hosts.
8433 *
8434 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8435 *
8436 * This affects the following:
8437 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8438 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8439 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8440 * the proxy if it is configured.
8441 *
8442 * @since 1.25
8443 */
8444 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8445
8446 /**
8447 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8448 * Only works for curl
8449 */
8450 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8451
8452 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8453
8454 /************************************************************************//**
8455 * @name Job queue
8456 * @{
8457 */
8458
8459 /**
8460 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8461 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8462 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8463 * be run periodically.
8464 */
8465 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8466
8467 /**
8468 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8469 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8470 * execution finishes.
8471 *
8472 * @since 1.23
8473 */
8474 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8475
8476 /**
8477 * Number of rows to update per job
8478 */
8479 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8480
8481 /**
8482 * Number of rows to update per query
8483 */
8484 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8485
8486 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8487
8488 /************************************************************************//**
8489 * @name Miscellaneous
8490 * @{
8491 */
8492
8493 /**
8494 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8495 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8496 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8497 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8498 */
8499 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8500
8501 /**
8502 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8503 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8504 * Supported values:
8505 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8506 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8507 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8508 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8509 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8510 *
8511 * @since 1.30
8512 */
8513 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8514
8515 /**
8516 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8517 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8518 *
8519 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8520 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8521 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8522 */
8523 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8524
8525 /**
8526 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8527 * For debugging
8528 */
8529 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8530
8531 /**
8532 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8533 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8534 */
8535 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8536
8537 /**
8538 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8539 */
8540 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8541
8542 /**
8543 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8544 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8545 */
8546 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8547
8548 /**
8549 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8550 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8551 */
8552 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8553
8554 /**
8555 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8556 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8557 *
8558 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8559 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8560 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8561 * parameters.
8562 *
8563 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8564 * @code
8565 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8566 * 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
8567 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8568 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8569 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8570 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8571 * 'redisConfig' => []
8572 * ] ];
8573 * @endcode
8574 *
8575 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8576 * @code
8577 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8578 * 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
8579 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8580 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8581 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8582 * ... any extension-specific options...
8583 * ] ];
8584 * @endcode
8585 */
8586 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8587
8588 /**
8589 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8590 */
8591 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8592
8593 /**
8594 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8595 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8596 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8597 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8598 *
8599 * @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
8600 * use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
8601 *
8602 * @since 1.21
8603 */
8604 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8605
8606 /**
8607 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8608 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8609 *
8610 * * 'ignore': return null
8611 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8612 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8613 *
8614 * @since 1.21
8615 */
8616 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8617
8618 /**
8619 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8620 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8621 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8622 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8623 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8624 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8625 *
8626 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8627 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8628 *
8629 * @since 1.21
8630 */
8631 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8632
8633 /**
8634 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8635 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8636 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8637 *
8638 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8639 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8640 *
8641 * @since 1.21
8642 */
8643 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8644 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8645 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8646 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8647 ];
8648
8649 /**
8650 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8651 *
8652 * @since 1.20
8653 */
8654 $wgSiteTypes = [
8655 'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
8656 ];
8657
8658 /**
8659 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8660 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8661 * @since 1.23
8662 */
8663 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8664
8665 /**
8666 * For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
8667 * supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
8668 * be a protocol-relative URL.
8669 *
8670 * If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
8671 *
8672 * @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
8673 *
8674 * @since 1.24
8675 */
8676 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8677
8678 /**
8679 * Secret for session storage.
8680 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8681 * be used.
8682 * @since 1.27
8683 */
8684 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8685
8686 /**
8687 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8688 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8689 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8690 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8691 * @since 1.27
8692 */
8693 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8694
8695 /**
8696 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8697 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8698 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8699 * be used.
8700 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8701 * @since 1.24
8702 */
8703 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8704
8705 /**
8706 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8707 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8708 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8709 * @since 1.24
8710 */
8711 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8712
8713 /**
8714 * Enable page language feature
8715 * Allows setting page language in database
8716 * @var bool
8717 * @since 1.24
8718 */
8719 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8720
8721 /**
8722 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8723 *
8724 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8725 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8726 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8727 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8728 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8729 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8730 *
8731 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8732 *
8733 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8734 * 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
8735 * 'options' => [
8736 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8737 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8738 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8739 * ]
8740 * ];
8741 *
8742 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8743 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8744 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8745 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8746 *
8747 * Example config for Parsoid:
8748 *
8749 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8750 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8751 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8752 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8753 * ];
8754 *
8755 * @var array
8756 * @since 1.25
8757 */
8758 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8759 'paths' => [],
8760 'modules' => [],
8761 'global' => [
8762 # Timeout in seconds
8763 'timeout' => 360,
8764 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8765 'forwardCookies' => false,
8766 'HTTPProxy' => null
8767 ]
8768 ];
8769
8770 /**
8771 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8772 * these suggestions.
8773 *
8774 * @var bool
8775 * @since 1.26
8776 */
8777 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8778
8779 /**
8780 * Where popular password file is located.
8781 *
8782 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8783 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8784 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8785 *
8786 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8787 * @since 1.27
8788 * @var string path to file
8789 */
8790 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/password/commonpasswords.cdb';
8791
8792 /*
8793 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8794 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8795 *
8796 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8797 * @since 1.27
8798 */
8799 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8800
8801 /*
8802 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8803 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8804 *
8805 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8806 * @since 1.30
8807 */
8808 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8809
8810 /**
8811 * Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
8812 *
8813 * @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
8814 * @since 1.32
8815 * @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
8816 * If an array, can have parameters:
8817 * 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
8818 * directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
8819 * set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
8820 * 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
8821 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
8822 * 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
8823 * browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
8824 * 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
8825 * is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
8826 * 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
8827 * 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
8828 * @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
8829 */
8830 $wgCSPHeader = false;
8831
8832 /**
8833 * Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
8834 *
8835 * @since 1.32
8836 * @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
8837 */
8838 $wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
8839
8840 /**
8841 * List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
8842 * Extensions should add their messages here. The list is used for access control:
8843 * changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
8844 *
8845 * Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
8846 *
8847 * @since 1.32
8848 * @var string[]
8849 */
8850 $wgRawHtmlMessages = [
8851 'copyright',
8852 'history_copyright',
8853 'googlesearch',
8854 'feedback-terms',
8855 'feedback-termsofuse',
8856 ];
8857
8858 /**
8859 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8860 *
8861 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8862 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8863 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8864 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8865 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8866 *
8867 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8868 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8869 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8870 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8871 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8872 *
8873 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8874 *
8875 * @since 1.27
8876 */
8877 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8878 'default' => [
8879 'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
8880 ]
8881 ];
8882
8883 /**
8884 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8885 *
8886 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8887 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8888 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8889 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8890 *
8891 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8892 *
8893 * @var bool
8894 * @since 1.28
8895 */
8896 $wgPingback = false;
8897
8898 /**
8899 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8900 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8901 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8902 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8903 *
8904 * @since 1.28
8905 */
8906 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8907 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8908 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8909 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8910 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8911 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8912 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8913 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8914 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8915 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8916 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8917 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8918 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8919 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
8920 'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
8921 'chrome-extension' => true,
8922 ];
8923
8924 /**
8925 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8926 * at Special:Contributions.
8927 *
8928 * @var array
8929 * @since 1.30
8930 */
8931 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8932 'IPv4' => 16,
8933 'IPv6' => 32,
8934 ];
8935
8936 /**
8937 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8938 *
8939 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8940 *
8941 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8942 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8943 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8944 *
8945 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8946 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8947 */
8948 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8949 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8950 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8951 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8952
8953 /**
8954 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8955 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8956 *
8957 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8958 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8959 *
8960 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8961 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8962 *
8963 * @par Example:
8964 * @code
8965 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8966 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8967 *];
8968 * @endcode
8969 */
8970 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8971
8972 /**
8973 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8974 * @since 1.30
8975 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8976 */
8977 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_NEW;
8978
8979 /**
8980 * RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
8981 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
8982 *
8983 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8984 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
8985 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
8986 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
8987 *
8988 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
8989 * Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
8990 * will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
8991 *
8992 * @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
8993 * @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
8994 *
8995 * @since 1.32
8996 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
8997 */
8998 $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW;
8999
9000 /**
9001 * Actor table schema migration stage.
9002 *
9003 * Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
9004 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
9005 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
9006 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
9007 * - SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW
9008 *
9009 * Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported
9010 * in 1.32, but was (with significant query performance issues) in 1.31.
9011 *
9012 * @since 1.31
9013 * @since 1.32 changed allowed flags
9014 * @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
9015 */
9016 $wgActorTableSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD;
9017
9018 /**
9019 * Flag to enable Partial Blocks. This allows an admin to prevent a user from editing specific pages
9020 * or namespaces.
9021 *
9022 * @since 1.32
9023 * @deprecated 1.32
9024 * @var bool
9025 */
9026 $wgEnablePartialBlocks = false;
9027
9028 /**
9029 * Enable stats monitoring when Block Notices are displayed in different places around core
9030 * and extensions.
9031 *
9032 * @since 1.34
9033 * @deprecated 1.34
9034 * @var bool
9035 */
9036 $wgEnableBlockNoticeStats = false;
9037
9038 /**
9039 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
9040 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
9041 * @}
9042 */